nha otrtencpes at neat ; =e eet yin sda nereres

stares beams:

BINDING LIST DEC 75 (927

Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from Ontario Council of University Libraries

http://www.archive.org/details/proceedingscalif10cali

P PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES

VoL. X

60

1920 yo*

ww

SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Georce C. Epwarps, Chairman

C. E. Grunsky BARTON WARREN EVERMANN, Editor

CONTENTS OF VOLUME X

PLATES 1-9

Title-page Contents ........

(Published August 6, 1920)

Description of a New Species of Rattlesnake (Crotalus lucasensis) from Lower California, by John VanDenburgh) nee (Published August 6, 1920)

Description of a New Subspecies of Boa (Charina hott@ utahensis) from Witahy by. JiohmVia nD er vir ba see tect sen a erane st eesaeaaeae (Published August 6, 1920)

Description of a New Lizard (Dipsosaurus dorsalis lucasensis) from Lower California, by, Johni-Vian Denburgh®. acon (Published August 6, 1920)

Undescribed Tipulidze (Diptera) from Western North America, by Charles P. Alexander

(Published August 6, 1920)

Three New Species of Dolichopodide (Diptera) from California and INevadasiby Mes Cr Vari z Ce racaaecnc cc toca etc anaes acee ates eee aeeeee ener (Published August 6, 1920)

Two New Species of Syrphide (Diptera), by A. L. Lovett.......................- (Published August 6, 1920)

Notes on Some Undescribed Californian Helices, by S. Stillman Berry... (Published August 11, 1920)

A New Genus and Species of Grasshopper from California, by Morgan

Le Dy 2a ch esac a eR ae Se a (Published December 29, 1920)

Color Changes and Structure of the Skin of Anolis carolinensis, by @brarles@ByyivomllGel der raster esc cce eames cece as Sas ane evn cea sata (Published February 12, 1921)

Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1920, by C. E. CERIN SRS SR Ge ee a Ce ere RE ee Be (Published July 2, 1921)

Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1920, by Barton

VEN Ol Ud Onda Fee NOVO ese teeta ar ae oe SS a RU Th es eS Soe eco ee (Published July 2, 1921)

JUNE 11, 1923

29

31

33

uw wn

47

51

71

77

119

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

Viors INO: lh pp. 1-27. piss 1=2 Aucust 6, 1920

A FURTHER STUDY OF VARIATION IN THE GOPHER-SNAKES OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICA

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH Curator, Department of Herpetology

In August of last year the writer and Joseph R. Slevin pub- lished the results of a study of some three hundred specimens of Pituophis from western North America’. Probably no one who has not undertaken such a study can realize the amount of time and effort necessary for gathering, analyzing, digesting, and formulating the data derived from such a mass of material as was involved in our earlier study of the garter-snakes of the genus Thamnophis. The time and effort expended were so great that in the subsequent study of Pitwophis the attempt was made to reach conclusions without so much attention to detail. The result was that, while the conclusions reached were valu- able and probably correct, as far as they went, they never have been satisfactory as a solution of the problems in variation and distribution offered by this genus. Further study of the data published in that paper indicated the probability that the snakes

1The Gopher-Snakes of Western North America. <Proc, Cal. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. 9, no. 6, pp. 197-220, pls. 11-13, August 21, 1919.

August 6, 1920

2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

we had regarded as one subspecies, and called Pituophis caten- ifer annectens, were not all alike, but represented several cen- ters of geographic variation. It has seemed important to deter- mine whether this actually is so, and whether conclusions more satisfactory than those published could be attained by further study of the group.

Such study required additional data. The color patterns of these snakes had not been considered in our former investiga- tion for the reason that published records seemed to show so much variation as to render them valueless as a means of clas- sification. Investigation of them now, however, shows that they do afford valuable data. Individual variation is great, but so are the average differences found in several geographic areas. The whole subject has been reopened, and the results of additional study are given in the present paper.

Reverting to the former paper, it may be recalled that it was there shown that the gopher-snakes of western North America may be divided into two groups by the number of their gastro- steges. This is indicated in the following diagram, figure 1, in which the upper curve represents the gastrostege counts in the snakes we called Pituophis catenifer catenifer, while the lower curve shows the same data concerning those regarded as Pituo- phis catenifer annectens:

L pAQO BOL 20K 406 LP ate a ae ee UP yo 232 2a¢ 26 aay 430 4d2 21K 236 aa ato 2a ayy! Ae Abe GD AGL Sh AS LIT 16024,

apes jee ee — = + Reet

Fig. 1

As one proceeds south and east from the cool north coast regions toward the warm south coast and interior desert regions, the average counts gradually increase. Although the transition is gradual, these gastrostege counts are of great use in the separation of these snakes into the two groups which we then regarded as two subspecies.

This same difference and relationship are shown when the combined gastrostege and urostege counts are charted for the two groups, as has been done in figure 2. In this chart the

VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES

VoL. XJ

oes eer ens eer een eee Tae Et Aad es Gal Gane ene?

Pe bebenan i pe te tp te tedi=

mp bd

Fig. 2

ifer annectens, and the lower curve (3) the same counts for P.

P. catentfer catenifer, the middle curve (2) those for P. caten- vertebralis,

upper curve (1) represents the counts in the snakes we called

That there is a very real difference between the

Turning now to a consideration of the number of dorsal

blotches between the head and tail (at a point over the anus)

first group and the others is evident.

we find that the snakes which have fewer gastrosteges are not

all alike.

Those from near the coast have more blotches than

The same is true of the snakes with

those from the interior.

The coast snakes have more

more numerous gastrosteges.

Figure 3

numerous blotches than those from the interior.

snakes

shows the number of blotches on the body in gopher

from several geographical areas.

The upper two curves (1

and 2) represent the snakes with fewer gastrosteges,

called Pituophis catenifer catenifer.

which we The upper

California.

It will be seen that there

The second curve (2) shows the number of blotches in the

curve (1) represents the snakes from the coast valleys and snakes of this group from the Klamath-

ranges from Oregon to Santa Barbara County,

is a marked difference between these two curves.

, the

gion

Modoc re

Sacramento Valley, the western slope of the Sierra Nevada,

4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

and the northern portions of the San Joaquin. The difference between these two curves points to the necessity of recognizing two subspecies here, a coast race, P. catenifer catenifer, and an interior race, P. catenifer heermannt.

The third, fourth, fifth, and sixth curves charted in this figure 3 represent respectively snakes (3) from the San Diegan Fauna, (4) from the desert regions of California, the southern San Joaquin Valley and Nevada, (5) from Utah, and (6)

£ si 2 A Se SF 65 62 ¢¢ Fé Cm e5 7# 1 Ze 78 2 tent

+—3

Fig. 3

from Arizona. Curve 3 shows that the snakes from the coast of southern California have more blotches than those of any of the other regions where the gastrosteges are numerous. In this respect these snakes are like those from the northern coast, P. catenifer catenifer, from which, however, they differ in other respects. The difference between these snakes and those repre- sented by the other curves necessitates recognition as a distinct subspecies, P. catenifer annectens, using this name in a re- stricted sense.

Vor. X] VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 5

The sixth curve, representing the snakes of Arizona, also shows marked difference from all of the others of this group. The number of blotches is much reduced and is similar to that found in Pituophis vertebralis, shown in the seventh curve. It would seem that the Arizona snakes also are entitled to sub- specific rank.

This leaves curves 4 and 5, which agree with each other and with curve 2. Bearing in mind the fact that the snakes of curve 2 (P. c. hcermanni) belong to the group having fewer gastrosteges, it seems necessary to regard those represented by curves 4 and 5 as deserving separate standing.

It will be shown later that the snakes of Utah (curve 5) differ from those represented by curve 4. For the latter, the name P. catenifer deserticola would seem to be available.

The number of blotches on the tail in these various races has been charted in figure 4. The same differences and relation- ships as are indicated by the blotches on the body are shown by these data.

Turning now to a consideration of the scale-rows we find that the greatest number present on the body, although subject to great individual variation, also shows geographic variation. This is brought out in figure 5. Curves 1 and 2, representing P. c. catenifer and P. c. heermanni, agree in showing 31 rows as the most frequent number. The Arizona specimens (curve 6) and those of P. c. annectens (3), and P. c. deserticola (4) agree, and show 33 as the most frequent number. P. verte- bralis (curve 7) stands by itself in having 35 rows as the usual number. At the other extreme stand the Utah (curve 5) speci- mens, of which only 25 per cent have as many as 31 rows, while the majority have only 29. These Utah snakes are thus quite different from typical P. c. deserticola.

In figure 6 are charted the number of urosteges in specimens of these several races. Curves | and 3 are of interest as show- ing that P. c. annectens (3) usually has more urosteges than P. c. catenifer or any of the other races. Curve 4 indicates a reduction in the number of urosteges in P. c. deserticola as com- pared with Utah specimens and P. c. heermanni.

In work upon groups such as this, where individual variation is so great as almost to conceal geographic differences, I have found that the latter may be thrown into greater relief by what

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vor. XJ VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 7

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

9

ATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES

BURGH—V ARI

VAN DEN

Vou. XJ

ya as Wad eed Fee Se FS ed ede

fa CES LIZ

Sl a ee

oe os

10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

I have called a summation of characters. Individual variation in any one specimen rarely affects greatly all of the characters involved in geographic variation. Therefore, by adding to- gether, or subtracting various characters showing geographic differences, the factors of individual variation are proportion- ally reduced or buried, and geographical variations are less concealed.

Figure 7 represents this principle as applied to certain charac- ters of the gopher-snakes. The number of dorsal and caudal blotches together has been subtracted from the number of gas- trosteges for each specimen. Certain differences between the subspecies become at once evident. P. c. annectens (curve 3) stands out as very distinct from P. c. deserticola (4) and the snakes of Arizona and Utah (5 and 6). P. c. heermanni (2) is also clearly different from P. c. deserticola (4). The Arizona snakes (6) plainly are not like those of Utah (5), nor like the Lower Californian P. vertebralis (curve 7).

Still other differences between various subspecies exist but have not been charted. Thus, the snakes of Utah and Arizona most frequently have but one preocular, while the other races usually have two. In P. vertebralis the supralabials usually are nine, while eight is the number most frequent in the other races.

It seems, then, that instead of the three kinds of gopher- snakes which have been recognized by authors for many years, the facts will be best set forth by according recognition to seven kinds from western North America. The chief differences be- tween these may be briefly set forth in the following table of averages. The complete scale-counts and localities are given in the earlier paper. The counts of the blotches are given here under the head of each subspecies with the numbers of the specimens and of the localities as in the former paper.

VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 11

VoL. X]

jO ON o8vl0Ay

ST oT 67 87 69 87 £0T “*** suaumtadg jo aqumyy syvsqajsan snqyns taadaulajs DjoIY asap suaj2auUud UD sa9Y 4afiayD9

—aeS=aqaqoququounauauamqeeEEETEe—— SIHdOQNLId NI SHONGUAdAIG ADVAAAV AO ATAVL

12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Where individual variation is so great in races which inte- grade and are so closely related, it probably is impossible to make a “key” which will properly refer all specimens. How- ever, it is believed that the following synopsis will serve this purpose for most individual specimens, and perhaps for all series of specimens from one locality.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES

a. Coloration on anterior half of body not largely red. b. The number of gastrosteges less the number of dorsal blotches on body and tail rarely exceeds 151.

c. Gastrosteges fewer (200 to 230), average fewer than 225; urosteges fewer (51 to 80), average in males 70, females 63; scale-rows usually (70 to 75%) not more than 31.

d. Dorsal blotches more numerous on body (56 to 93, average 70) and tail (14 to 30, average 21.4). P.c. catenifer.—p. 13

dd. Dorsal blotches fewer on body (48 to 70, average 57.6) and tail (13 to 19, average 15). P.c. heermanni.—p. 16

cc. Gastrosteges more numerous (217 to 243), average more than 225; urosteges more numerous (62 to 85), average in males 76, females 70; scale-rows usually (63%) more than 31. Dorsal blotches numerous on body (54 to 89, average 74) and tail (14 to 29, average 22.8). P.c. annectens.—p. 17

bb. The number of gastrosteges less the number of dorsal blotches on body and tail usually exceeds 151; gastrosteges more than 220.

e. The sum of the number of scale-rows and of preoculars on both sides of head rarely exceeds 33; usually one preocular.

P.c. stejnegeri—p. 21

ee. The sum of the number of scale-rows and of pre- oculars on both sides of head usually exceeds 33. f. The sum of the number of caudal blotches and preoculars of both sides of head usually exceeds 16; usually two preoculars; posterior dorsal blotches not distinctly reddish. P.c. deserticola—p. 19

ff. The sum of the number of caudal blotches and pre- oculars of both sides of head rarely exceeds 16; usually one preocular; posterior dorsal blotches

often distinctly reddish or red-brown. P.c. rutilus.—p. 24

aa. Coloration on anterior half of body largely red. Gastrosteges 233 to 257; scales usually in 35 or 33 rows; dorsal blotches few (average 44

on body, 11 on tail) ; supralabials usually nine or more. P. vertebralis—p. 27

Vou. X] VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 13

Pituophis catenifer catenifer (Blainville)

Coast Gopher-Snake

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges average fewer than 225 ; urosteges average 64 to 70; scale-rows most frequently 31; preoculars usually two; supralabials most frequently eight ; dorsal blotches numerous, average on body 70, on tail 21.4; no red in colora- tion.

Type locality.—California.

Distribution—The Coast Gopher-Snake occupies a rather narrow strip of territory along the Pacific Coast of the United States from Puget Sound to Santa Barbara County, California. The eastern limit of its range in the far north is not known, but does not include eastern Washington.

In southern Oregon, it occurs near Roseburg and in the Camas Mountains, in Douglas County, but not near Klamath Falls, Klamath County, where it is replaced by P. catenifer heermannt.

In California, it occupies the coast ranges and valleys east to the western edges of the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys, where it intergrades with and, farther east, is replaced by, P. catenifer heermanni in the north and P. catenifer deserticola in the south. Still farther south, it probably intergrades with P. catenifer annectens in Santa Barbara or Ventura County. It has been taken in Siskiyou (Ft. Jones, Callahan, Mt. Shasta), Humboldt (Garberville), Trinity (Yolla Bolly Mountain), Mendocino (ten miles south from Willits), Lake (Middletown, Kelseyville, Lower Lake), Sonoma (Petaluma, Duncan Mills, Guerneville, Monte Rio), Napa (Napa), Solano (Buddha Can- yon), Marin (Inverness, Point Reyes Station, Mailliard, Mt. Tamalpais, Lagunitas, Manzanita, San Anselmo), Contra Costa (Walnut Creek, Antioch, Contra Costa, San Pablo Val- ley, Mt. Diablo, Moraga Valley), Alameda (Berkeley, Oak- land, Hayward), San Francisco, Santa Clara (Palo Alto, Stanford University, Sunnyvale, San Jose, Los Gatos, Alma, Coyote, Coyote Creek), Santa Cruz (Glenwood, Corralitos, Soquel), San Benito (San Juan), Monterey (Monterey, Car- mel, Bradley, Soledad, Coburn, Welby, Metz), San Luis Obispo (San Miguel, Pismo, Edna, Indian Creek, San Juan

14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

River, source of the Salinas River), and Santa Barbara (Santa Cruz Island) counties.

Variation.—One specimen has no loreal plates; the other one hundred and three all have the normal 1-1. The preoculars are 2-2 in seventy-nine, or 78% ; 1-1 in seventeen, or 16% ; and 1-2 in six, or 6%. The postoculars are 3-3 in seventy-one, or 69% ; 3-4 in eighteen, or 17% ; 4-4 in eleven, or 11%; 4-5 in one, or 1%; 2-3 in one, or 1%; and 2-2 in one, or 1%. The temporals are 44 in thirty-nine, or 38% ; 3-3 in twenty-six, or 25% ; 3-4 in twenty-one, or 20% ; 4-5 in nine, or 9% ; 2-3 in three, or 3% ; 2-2 in three, or 3% ; 5—5 in one, or 1%; and 24 in one, or 1%. The supralabials are 8-8 in fifty-six, or 54%; 8-9 in twenty-seven, or 26% ; 9-9 in fourteen, or 14%; 9-10 in three, or 3% ; 7-8 in two, or 2% ; 10-10 in one, or 1%. The infralabials are 13-13 in thirty-two, or 31%; 12-12 in twenty- two, or 21%; 12-13 in nineteen, or 18% ; 11-12 in nine, or 9%; 13-14 in seven, or 7%; 11-11 in six, or 6%; 11-13 in three, or 3% ; 10-10 in three, or 3% ; 14-14 in one, or 1%; and 10-11 in one, or 1%. The scale-rows are 31 in sixty-nine, or 68%; 33 in twenty, or 20% ; and 29 in twelve, or 12% ; the average is 31.1 rows. The gastrosteges vary in number from 200 to 230, males having from 207 to 230, females from 200 to 230; the average in fifty-four males is 217, in forty-six females is 220. The urosteges vary from 53 to 79; males having from 59 to 79, females from 53 to 78; the average in fifty-three males is 69, in forty-five females, 64.

The dark blotches between head and anus in seventy-five specimens vary from 56 to 93, the average being 70. On the tail, in eighty-three specimens, they vary from 14 to 30, and average 21.4.

The counts of blotches in the various specimens are shown below.

Vor. XJ

Number

C 1589 C 2314 C 2434 C 1626 C 848 43452 C 849 43519 C 4019 C 4018 C 5614 C 4017 S 4220 S 1697 S 1741 30888 C $285 27326 Ec 975 C 4845 C 5283 C 5282 43377 13766 13767 13768 13769 13770 17858 43375 43376 43321 43322 43379 43373 43374 C 4312 43412 39261 43274 43418 43419 43364 43365 43413 43414 43382 36120 36121 45131 C 6166

VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES

15

Blotches on Body Tail 66 22 79 22 SY/ 18 56 17 70 21 67 20 68 21 64 18 59 21 66 21 70 18 23

74 23 ad 24 74 22 68 20 77 28 93 28 67 19 80 23 85 25 78 20 75 22 84 22 68 27 76 22 66 19 72 18 69 20 69 20 67 19 70 24 71 23 62 20 78 25 62 D2, 72 20 85 22 66 22 49 16 74 19 73 22 66 18 56 17

Locality

Number

Blotches on Body Tail 64 23 63 20 71 27 69 24 87 28 71 19 63 21 66 22 71 19 63 21 63 15 67 20 71 21 73 17 59 18 64 23 67 24 57 22 58 14 61 21 69 21 73 25 82 27 84 26 66 21 62 20 71 23, 74 27 84 30 74 23 75 23 71 21 69 20 77 23 63 88 24 72 19 71 24

Locality

16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

Pituophis catenifer heermanni (Hallowell) Valley Gopher-Snake (Plate 1, fig. 1)

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges average fewer than 225 ; urosteges average 60 to 68; scale-rows most frequently 31; preoculars usually two; supralabials most frequently eight; dorsal blotches fewer, average on body 58, on tail 15; no red in coloration.

Type locality.—Cosumnes River, California.

Distribution—The Klamath region, Oregon, and in Cali- fornia, Modoc County, the Sacramento Valley, the northern part of the San Joaquin Valley, and the western slope of the Sierra Nevada. In Oregon it has been taken near Klamath Falls, Klamath County. Californian specimens have been col- lected in Modoc (Canby, Goose Lake Meadows, Sugar Hill, between Alturas and Davis Creek, Dry Creek in the Warner Mts.), probably Shasta (McCloud River), Tehama (Tehama), Glenn (Fruto, Winslow), Butte (between Live Oak and Grid- ley), Yolo (Grand Island Landing), Placer (Lander near Col- fax), El Dorado (Fyffe, Riverton), San Joaquin (Tracy), Merced (Los Bafios, Snelling), Mariposa (between Kinsley and Maculey’s Stage Station, Coulterville, Pleasant Valley), Madera (vic. Madera), and Fresno (King’s River, Dunlaps, Clovis) counties.

V ariation.—The loreal is 1-1 in all of the twenty-eight speci- mens. The preoculars are 2-2 in twenty-six, or 93% ; and 1-1 in two, or 7%. The postoculars are 3-3 in twenty-three, or 85% ; 4-4 in three, or 11%; and 4-5 in one, or 4%. The tem- porals are 44 in eleven, or 45% ; 3-4 in five, or 21%; 5-5 in three, or 13% ; 3-3 in three, or 13%; 4-6 in one, or 4%; and 2-3 in one, or 4%. The supralabials are 8-8 in twelve, or 48% ; 8-9 in eight, or 32% ; and 7-7, 7-8, 9-9, 9-10, and 10-10, each in one, or 4%. The infralabials are 13-13 in twelve, or 50%; 12-12 in six, or 25%; 14-14 in two, or 8%; 12-13 in two, or 8% ; and 12-14 and 11-14 each in one, or 4%. The scale rows are 31 in thirteen, or 46% ; 33 in eight, or 29% ; 29 in six, or 21%; and 35 in one, or 4%; the average is 31.3 rows. The gastrosteges vary in number from 209 to 231, males having from 209 to 231, females from 218 to 231; the average in six-

Von. X] VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 574

teen males is 219, in twelve females, 224. The urosteges vary from 55 to 74, males having from 61 to 74, females from 55 to 66; the average in fifteen males is 68, in eleven females is 60. The dark blotches between head and anus in twenty-eight specimens vary from 48 to 70, the average being 57.6. On the tail, in thirty-two specimens, they vary from 13 to 19, and average 15. The counts of the blotches are shown below.

Blotches on Blotches on Number ————— Locality Number |___———_——_———| Locality

Body Tail Body Tail C 4012 70 23 2 C 3608 54 14 27 S 5631 61 19 9 C 5595 59 15 28 S 5633 59 23 9 C 2080 63 24 29 39637 62 19 10 C 2081 60 17 30 27333 63 19 11 C 2082 56 19 31 C 6264 ore os 12 C 2083 56 20 32 C 4016 55 16 13 S 6500 as ae 40 C 4015 57 14 14 43521 48 15 43 C 4014 63 21 14 43522 56 15 43 41670 50 16 18 C 2759 57 43 C 5883 54 24 C 4013 63 20 67 C 5884 55 17 24 C 4011 58 19 69 C 5885 53 14 25 20413 65 16 72 C 5886 51 17 26 44161 58 18 74 41699 50 15 27 44241 57 18 75

Pituophis catenifer annectens (Baird & Girard) San Diegan Gopher-Snake (Plate 1, fig. 2)

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges average more than 225; urosteges numerous, average 70 to 76; scale-rows most frequently 33; preoculars usually two; supralabials most frequently eight; dorsal blotches many, average on body 74, on tail 22.8; no red in coloration.

Type locality—San Diego, California.

Distribution.—This subspecies occupies the coast region of southern California and northern Lower California, and has been found on some of the islands off the coast. We have ex- amined specimens from Santa Barbara (Santa Barbara), Ven- tura (Pine Creek), Los Angeles (Charter Oak, Cold Water Canyon, La Crescenta, Pasadena, Mt. Wilson, Sierra Madre),

18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

San Bernardino (Ontario), Riverside (Colton, San Bernar- dino Mts., Riverside, San Jacinto, San Jacinto Mts.), and San Diego (Warner Pass, Agua Caliente, Cahuilla Valley, Julian, Cuyamaca Mts., Campo), counties, California, and from En- senada, San Martin Island, and South Coronado Island, Lower California.

It is probably this subspecies of gopher-snake which has been observed, but not captured, on Santa Catalina Island. Those of Santa Cruz Island, however, are Pituophis catenifer catenifer.

Variation.—Sixty-nine specimens all have loreals 1-1. The preoculars are 2-2 in forty-four, or 64%; 1-1 in twenty, or 29% ; and 1-2 in five, or 7%. The postoculars are 3-3 in forty, or 59% ; 44 in thirteen, or 19%; 3-4 in eleven, or 16%; and 2-3, 2-4, 4-5, and 5-5, each in one. The temporals are 44 in twenty-three, or 34% ; 3-3 in fifteen, or 22% ; 3-4 in twelve, or 18% ; 445 in five, or 7%; 5—5 in five, or 7% ; 3-5 in two, or 3% ; and 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 4-6, and 5-6, each in one. The supra- labials are 8-8 in thirty-three, or 48% ; 9-9 in nineteen, or 27% ; and 8-9 in seventeen, or 25%. The infralabials are 13-13 in thirty-four, or 49% ; 13-14 in ten, or 14%; 12-12 in eight, or 12% ; 12-13 in seven, or 10%; 14-14 in three, or 4%; 11-13 in two, or 3%; and 10-11, 11-11, 11-12, 12-14, and 14-15, each in one. The scale-rows are 33 in thirty-seven, or 54%; 31 in twenty-five, or 36% ; 35 in six, or 9% ; and 29 in one, or 1% ; the average is 32.4 rows. The gastrosteges vary in num- ber from 217 to 243, males having from 217 to243, females from 218 to 240; the average in forty-three males is 228, in twenty-five females, 231. The urosteges vary from 62 to 85, males having from 62 to 85, females from 62 to 83; the aver- age in thirty-nine males is 76, in twenty-four females, 70.

The dark blotches between head and anus in seventy-one specimens vary from 54 to 89, the average being 74. On the tail in sixty-five specimens they vary from 14 to 29, and aver- age 22.8. The counts of the blotches are shown in full below.

Vor. X] VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 19

Blotches on Blotches on Number —————_| Locality Number ——————————_| Locality Body Tail Body Tail

8575 85 23 1 S 1163 us Ys Bh 8678 69 19 2 S 1162 79 PH | 37 13588 63 19 3 S 4050 71 21 38 13589 63 21 3 40060 69 25 39 S 5163 65 20 17 40061 82 24 39 38918 73 22 18 40062 75 22 39 40003 83 22 19 40063 84 27 39 C4311 73 21 20 40064 82 24 39 C 749 74 23 21 40065 79 25 39 C 750 67 20 21 40066 75 19 39 C 4313 78 21 22 40067 77 20 39 C 4310 69 21 22 40068 81 2 39 27534 65 20 22 40069 73 23 39 27774 71 18 22 40070 77 24 39 27806 76 25 22 40071 73 19 39 Cres 73 20 24 40072 69 21 39 S 1197 81 24 25 40073 69 22 39 S 1164 71 26 25 40074 79 25 39 S 1784 61 18 25 40075 71 21 39 S 1166 72 22 25 40076 80 26 39 S 1122 65 24 Zo, 40077 78 26 39 S 4008 74 26 25 40078 72 20 39 S 1146 75 26 25 40079 81 39 S 1135 78 29 25 40080 76 24 39 S 1750 68 22 25 40081 79 24 39 C 104 89 29 26 40082 76 19 39 Ge 553 75 20 26 C 623 75 24 40 C 343 72 24 26 C 622 72 19 41 C551 87 26 26 S 1160 79 26 42 C552 78 23 26 S 1149 77 26 42 S 5240 28 S 1155 73 21 42 S 6464 78 20 29 C 1040 79 28 43 S 4291 81 21 31 C 3819 71 44 S 4268 80 24 31 43520 80 24 45

Pituophis catenifer deserticola Stejneger

Desert Gopher-Snake

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges average more than 230; urosteges average 59 to 64; scale-rows usually 31 or 33; preoculars usually two; supralabials most frequently eight ; dorsal blotches fewer, average on body 56, on tail 15.4; sometimes some orange, but not distinct red, in coloration.

Type locality—The Great Basin and the southwestern deserts.

Distribution.—The Colorado and Mohave deserts, the south- ern part of the San Joaquin Valley, eastern San Luis Obispo

20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

County, the valleys east of the Sierra Nevada in California, and probably nearly all of Nevada; possibly Idaho and eastern Washington.

From Nevada, I have examined specimens of this subspecies from Humboldt (Thousand Creek Flat, Virgin Valley, Big Creek Pine Forest Mountains), Washoe (Pyramid Lake, Nixon), Ormsby (Carson), Lander (Austin), Elko (Carlin) and Esmeralda (Palmetto Mountains), counties.

Californian specimens examined have been collected in Im- perial (Silsbee), Riverside (Mecca), San Bernardino (Victor- ville, Hesperia), Mono (Benton), Kern (Walker Pass, Tehachapi Mountains, Isabella, Delano, Bakersfield, Button- willow), and San Luis Obispo (Simmler, Pozo, Palo Prieto, Shandon) counties.

Variation.—Twenty-eight specimens from California and western Nevada show the following variations: The loreals are 1-1 inall. The preoculars are 2-2 in twenty-four, or 86% ; 1-2 in two, or 7% ; and 1-1 in two, or 7%. The postoculars are 3-3 in twenty-two, or 79% ; 44 in five, or 18% ; and 3-4 in one, or 3%. The temporals are 3-4 in eleven, or 39% ; 44 in five, or 18% ; 4-5 in four, or 14% ; 5—5 in three, or 11%; and 2-3, 3-3, 3-5, 5-6, and 6-6, each in one, or 3%. The supra- labials are 8-8 in seventeen, or 61% ; 8-9 in six, or 21%; 9-9 in four, or 14%; and 8-10 in one, or 4%. The infralabials are 13-13 in thirteen, or 46% ; 12-12 in six, or 21%; 12-13 in four, or 14% ; 12-14 in two, or 7% ; 13-14 in two, or 7% ; and 14-14 in one, or 4%. The scale-rows are 33 in eleven, or 39% ; 31 in eleven, or 39%; 35 in three, or 11%; 29 in two, or 7%; and 37 in one, or 4% ; the average is 32.3 rows. The gastro- steges vary in number from 223 to 263, males having from 224 to 252, females from 223 to 263; the average in twelve males is 234, in sixteen females, 239. The urosteges vary from 50 to 72, males having from 58 to 72, females from 50 to 67; the average in twelve males is 64, in fifteen females, 59.

The dark blotches between head and anus in twenty-eight specimens vary from 46 to 66, the average being 55. On the tail they vary from 12 to 21, and average 15.4. The counts of these blotches are shown in full below.

Vou. X] VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 21

Blotches on Blotches on Number ——————_| Locality Number —————_| Locality Body Tail Body | Tail C 1003 52 12 10 43383 66 18 33 C 2761 54 15 11 43347 60 18 34 C 2760 52 16 11 43429 50 15 35 39553 55 17 12 C 2763 53 17 36 43381 56 16 13 C 2764 56 17 36 39595 62 21 14 S 5649 50 14 48 38958 56 19 15 C 1529 53 13 49 38959 55 16 15 C 1528 $1 14 49 C 2798 47 13 16 C 1274 $1 15 50 C 3716 46 12 23 C1275 52 14 51 C 3715 63 15 23 C 1276 54 16 $1 C 469 62 16 27 iS) $3 14 53 C 470 56 15 27 S) 54 14 54 C 471 54 12 27 S 6406 61 15 55 36285 64 30 40504 58 17 55 C 5365 52 14 32

Pituophis catenifer stejnegeri, new subspecies Utah Gopher-Snake (Plate 2, fig. 1)

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges average more than 230; urosteges average 60 to 66; scale-rows most frequently 29; preocular most often single; supralabials usually eight; dorsal blotches fewer, average on body 58, on tail 16.5; no distinct red in coloration.

Type.—Cal. Acad. Sci. No. 14203, adult male, collected by Joseph C. Clemens, at Fort Douglas, Salt Lake County, Utah, June to July 4, 1908.

Description —Head somewhat flat-topped, with snout pro- jecting and rather narrow. Temporal regions not swollen. Rostral plate very large, prominent, not very narrow, often re- curved between internasals on top of snout; bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal, and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are a pair of internasals, a variable number of pre- frontals (normally four), a frontal, supraocular of each side, and a pair of parietals. Anterior and posterior nasals usually distinct. Loreal usually elongate. Preoculars usually one, oc- casionally two. Postoculars usually three, often two. Supra-

22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

labials usually eight, often nine. Infralabials usually 13, often 12, sometimes 11 or 14. Temporals of first row varying from two to five, usually four. Genials in two pairs, anterior larger. Scales on body in 27 to 33 rows, usually 29, keeled except in a varying number of rows on each side. Anal plate not divided. Gastrosteges varying in number from 223 to 241, males having from 227 to 241, females from 223 to 240. Urosteges in two series of from 55 to 71, males having from 58 to 71, females from 55 to 62.

The ground color is pale brownish or grayish-yellow, some- times more or less obscured by the spreading of the blotches or the presence of black or dark brown marks along the keels of its scales. Along the middle of the back, from the head to a point over the anus, is a series of from 50 to 68 (average 58) dark blotches. These blotches are brown on the central part of the body but are black anteriorly and posteriorly. On the upper surface of the tail are from fourteen to twenty (aver- age 16.5) blackish blotches. On the anterior portion of the body the blotches are more or less rounded, but posteriorly they tend to become quadrate. There are several series of alternating, often more or less confluent, dark blotches or spots on the sides. Across the top of the head, between the preocular plates, is a moderately narrow brown band, very definite and well-defined. There are similar bands or spots below the cen- ter of the eye and running back and down from the upper post- ocular plate. The top of the head posteriorly has a few, small, scattered, dark spots. The spaces between the dark dorsal blotches on the posterior portion of the body are yellow or orange-yellow, usually somewhat obscured by dark brown streaks along the keels of the scales. The lower surfaces are yellow or yellowish-white with irregular spots or blotches of dark brown or black on the gastrosteges and urosteges. There is no definite median subcaudal black band.

Length to anus.. 758 800 863 1028 1125 1125 Length of tail... 126 148 168 179 190 207

Variation.—Twenty-nine specimens from Utah show the following variations: The loreals are 1-1 in all. The preocu- lars are 1-1 in twenty-one, or 87% ; and 2-2 in three, or 13%

Vox, X] VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 23

of those undamaged. The postoculars are 3-3 in twelve, or 52% ; 2-2 in ten, or 43% ; and 2-3 in one, or 4%. The tem- porals are 3-4 in ten, or 43% ; 4-4 in seven, or 31%; 455 in three, or 13% ; 3-3 in one, or 4% ; 2-3 in one, or 4% ; and 3-5 in one, or 4%. The supralabials are 8-8 in thirteen, or 56% ; 8-9 in five, or 22% ; and 9-9 in five, or 22%. The infralabials are 13-13 in eight, or 38%; 12-13 in five, or 24%; 12-12 in four, or 18% ; 11-11 in two, or 9% ; 11-12 in one, or 5% ; and 13-14 in one, or 5%. The scale-rows are 29 in fifteen, or 56% ; 31 in seven, or 26% ; and 27 in five, or 18%; the average is 29 rows. The gastrosteges vary in number from 223 to 241, males having from 227 to 241, females from 223 to 240; the average in twenty-two males is 233, in five females, 235. The urosteges vary from 55 to 71, males having from 58 to 71, females from 55 to 62; the average in twenty-three males is 66, in five females, 60.

The dark blotches between head and anus in twenty-nine specimens vary from 50 to 68, the average being 58. On the tail they vary from 14 to 20, and average 16.5. The counts of the blotches are given in full below.

Blotches on Blotches on Number —__—_—_—_| Locality Number ——| Locality

Body Tail Body Tail 40961 66 16 56 14194 56 14 57 14207 54 14 57 14195 50 14 57 27198 64 17 57 14196 58 15 57 27199 52 15 57 14197 63 19 57 30913 51 16 57 14198 59 16 57 30914 60 18 57 14199 50 16 57 30915 61 20 57 14200 54 19 57 30916 61 17 57 14201 57 19 57 30917 54 16 57 14202 56 18 57 30918 61 16 57 14203 61 16 57 30919 63 16 57 14204 54 14 57 30920 53 18 57 14205 58 16 57 38756 63 18 57 14206 54 16 57 38757 60 14 57 38755 68 17 58

14193 66 18 57

Distribution.—Specimens of this subspecies are at hand from Thompson, Grand County, Wasatch Mountains, Wasatch County, and Fort Douglas, Salt Lake County, Utah.

Remarks.—Three snakes from Boise, Ada County, and Blue Lakes, Twin Falls County, Idaho, and one from Wallula,

24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Walla Walla County, Washington, may belong here rather than with P. catenifer deserticola, but their final disposition must await additional material. They have twenty-nine and thirty-one scale-rows and one or two preoculars (50% each), and gastrosteges from 231 to 244.

Pituophis catenifer rutilus, new subspecies

Arizona Gopher-Snake (Plate 2, fig. 2)

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges numerous, average more than 225; urosteges average 57 to 63; scale-rows most frequently 33; preocular normally single; supralabials usually eight; dor- sal blotches very few, average on body 46, on tail 12.5; colora- tion often somewhat reddish posteriorly.

Type.—Cal. Acad. Sci. No. 33869, adult female, collected by J. R. Slevin at Tucson, Pima Co., Arizona, April 11, 1912.

Description Head somewhat flat-topped, with snout pro- jecting and rather narrow. Temporal regions not swollen. Rostral plate very large, prominent, not very narrow, often re- curved between internasals on top of snout; bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal, and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are a pair of internasals, a variable number of pre- frontals (normally four), a frontal, supraocular of each side, and a pair of parietals. Anterior and posterior nasals usually distinct. Loreal usually elongate. Preocular usually one, oc- casionally two. Postoculars usually three, often four, some- times five. Supralabials usually eight, often nine, rarely 10. Infralabials usually 12, often 13, sometimes 11 or 14. Tem- porals of first row varying from two to five, usually four. Genials in two pairs, anterior larger. Scales on body in 29 to 35 rows, usually 33, keeled except in a varying number of rows on each side. Anal plate not divided. Gastrosteges varying in number from 222 to 258, males having from 222 to 237, fe- males from 227 to 258. Urosteges in two series of from 52 to 68, males having from 57 to 68, females from 52 to 60.

The ground color is pale yellow or grayish-yellow, some- times more or less obscured by the spreading of the blotches

Vor. XJ VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 25

or the presence of dark keels on the scales, especially laterally and anteriorly. Along the middle of the back, from the head to a point over the anus, is a series of from 37 to 55 (average 46) reddish-brown blotches. The brown of these blotches be- comes darker and redder posteriorly. These blotches often are margined with black. On the upper surface of the tail are from ten to fourteen (average 12.5) dark reddish-brown blotches or cross bands. On the anterior part of the body the blotches tend to be more or less rounded, posteriorly they are more quadrate, or are wider with concave anterior and posterior bor- ders. There are two or three series of alternating, often more or less confluent, dark blotches or spots on the sides. Across the top of the head between the preocular plates is a narrow brown band, more or less obsolete in adults. There are similar bands or spots below the center of the eye and running back and down from the upper postocular plate. The top of the head is light brownish-yellow, speckled with black. The spaces be- tween the dark dorsal blotches on the posterior part of the body are light yellowish or grayish-orange, usually without dark marks on the keels of the scales. The lower surfaces are yel- low or yellowish-white, with irregular spots or blotches of light or dark brown on the gastrosteges and urosteges. There is no definite median subcaudal dark band.

Length ito anus... 2... A456. 105O0"2 115 1130) = 1140 Kength:of taille... 5. 68 154 153 183 165

V ariation.—Sixteen specimens from Arizona show the fol- lowing variations: The loreals are 1-1 in all. The preoculars are 1-1 in ten, or 62% ; 2-2 in five, or 31%; and 1-2 in one, or 6%. The postoculars are 3-3 in six, or 37% ; 3-4 in five, or 31% ; 4-4 in four, or 25% ; and 4-5 in one, or 6%. The tem- porals are 44 in seven, or 47% ; 3-3 in three, or 20% ; 3-4 in two, or 13%; 4-5 in two, or 13% ; and 2-3 in one, or 7%. The supralabials are 8-8 in eight, or 50% ; 8-9 in three, or 19%; 9-9 in three, or 19% ; 9-10 in one, or 6% ; and 8-10 in one, or 6%. The infralabials are 12-12 in nine, or 60%; 13-13 in three, or 20% ; 13-14 in one, or 6% ; 14-14 in one, or 6% ; and 11-11 in one, or 6%. The scale rows are 33 in eight, or 50% ; 31 in six, or 37%; 29 in one, or 6% ; and 35 in one, or 6%; the average is 32.1 rows. The gastrosteges vary in number from

26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

222 to 258, males having from 222 to 237, females from 227 to 258; the average in six males is 227, in nine females, 237. The urosteges vary from 52 to 68, males having from 57 to 68, females from 52 to 60; the average in six males is 63.5, in nine females, 57.

The dark blotches between head and anus in 16 specimens vary from 37 to 55, the average being 46. On the tail they vary from 10 to 14, and average 12.5. The counts of these blotches are given in full below.

Blotches on Blotches on Number ——————_| Locality Number ————_ | Locality Body Tail Body Tail 34755 39 10 4 33869 48 13 8 17541 50 12 5 33870 44 13 8 17546 40 11 5 33447 54 13 9 17547 45 13 5 Cc 43 12 ae C 1824 54 14 6 (O; 50 14 S 1131 55 13 7 Cc $i S 1705 42 13 vf c 51 13 S 1714 42 11 7 Cc 46 14

Distribution —I have examined specimens of the Arizona Gopher-Snake taken at Yuma, Yuma County, the Colorado River above Bill Williams River, Mohave County, Cave Creek, Maricopa County, Fort Lowell and the Santa Cruz River near Tucson, Pima County, and the Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona. Specimens of Pituophis from Ari- zona have been recorded as collected at Oak Orchard, Camp Grant, Wilton Springs, Tucson, Gila River, White River Can- yon, Fort Whipple, Grand Canyon, and at Las Gijas in Pima County.

Remarks.—The specimens from Mohave and Yuma counties, and a specimen from Silsbee, Imperial County, California (re- ferred to P. c. deserticola) show more or less intergradation between the Arizona and the Desert Gopher-Snakes. These specimens have very many gastrosteges, while those from ex- treme southeastern Arizona have fewer. Indeed, some of the latter have so few as to indicate intergradation with the gopher- snakes of New Mexico which Ruthven has referred to P. c. sayi, but which may possibly require recognition as a distinct subspecies, P. sayi affinis (Hallowell).

Vor. XJ VAN DENBURGH—VARIATION IN GOPHER-SNAKES 27.

Habits.—Ruthven states that a large specimen, secured near Tucson about sun-down on August 22, had recently swallowed an adult ground squirrel. These snakes live both on the desert plains near sea level and in mountain cafons to an altitude of at least 5,300 feet.

Pituophis vertebralis (Blainville)

San Lucan Gopher-Snake

Diagnosis.—Gastrosteges average mote than 240; urosteges average 62; scale rows most frequently 35; preoculars usually two; supralabials usually nine or 10; dorsal blotches very few, average on body 44, on tail 11; much red in coloration.

Type locality.—“California.”

Distribution.—The southern half of the peninsula of Lower California, Mexico.

Variation Fourteen specimens show the following varia- tions: The loreal is 1-1 in all counted (six). The preoculars are 2-2 in thirteen, or 93%; 1—1 in one, or 7%. The postocu- lars are 3-3 in fourteen, or 100%. The temporals in five speci- mens are 44 in three, or 60% ; 3-4 in one, or 20%, and 4-5 in one, or 20%. The supralabials are 9-9 in seven, or 50% ; 9-10 in five, or 36% ; 8-9 in one, or 7%; and 8-10 in one, or 7%. The infralabials are 12-12 in seven, or 50% ; 13-13 in three, or 22% ; 13-14 in two, or 14%; 12-13 in one, or 7% ; and 14-16 in one, or 7%. The scale-rows are 35 in seven, or 54% ; 33 in four, or 31%; 34 in one, or 7%; and 31 in one, or 7%; the average is 34 rows. The gastrosteges in fifteen specimens vary from 233 to 257, the average being 244; two males average 242, four females average 250. The urosteges in fourteen specimens vary from 57 to 67; the average being 62; two males average 63, and three females, 60.

The dark blotches between head and anus in six specimens vary from 39 to 48, the average being 44. On the tail in six specimens they vary from 10 to 12, and average 11.

Counts of the dorsal blotches on the body and tail in six specimens are 45, 10; 39, 11; 48, 11; 43, 10; 44, 11; and AS; 12:

SS ESS ES ST ET PT ET STS EET

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCl., 4th Series, Vol. X VAN DENBURGH ] Plate 1

Figure 1—Pituophis catenifer heermanni (Hallowell). Valley Gopher-

Snake. Photograph from a living specimen collected five miles south from Madera, Madera County, California, May 10, 1920.

Figure 2—Pituophis catenifer annectens (Baird & Girard). San Diegan Gopher-Snake. Photograph from a living specimen collected near Campo, San Diego County, California, about May 12, 1920.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. X | VAN DENBURGH ] Plate 2

Figure 1—Pituophis catenifer stejnegeri Van Denburgh. Utah Gopher- Snake. Photograph of a living adult male from Provo Canyon, Wasatch Mountains, Wasatch County, Utah.

Figure 2—Pituophis catenifer rutilus Van Denburgh. Arizona Gopher- Snake. Photograph of a living adult from Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourTH SERIES

WVolwax, NO:-2. ‘pps29=505, pl.,3 Aucust 6, 1920

II

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF RATTLE- SNAKE (CROTALUS LUCASENSIS) FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH Curator, Department of Herpetology

The first specimens of the diamond rattlesnake of the Cape Region of Lower California were sent from Cape San Lucas by John Xantus. Cope recorded them, in 1861, as Caudisona atrox sonoraensis, but remarked that they were more delicately tinted than Sonoran specimens, the dorsal rhombs being more perfect and their yellow borders brighter. A considerable number of specimens have been collected in southern Lower California in more recent years, and have been recorded usually as C. atrox. The differences in coloration, however, seem to be of such constancy as to make it desirable to regard the San Lucan snakes as a species distinct from both C. atrox and the reddish C. exsul. I, therefore, propose for this snake the name

Crotalus lucasensis, new species (Plate 3, fig. 1) Diagnosis.—Similar to C. atrox (Plate 3, fig. 2) but colora-

tion brighter, much less punctulate, and with dorsal rhombs more completely enclosed in light borders.

30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser.

Type.—Cal. Acad. Sci. No. 45888, collected by Joseph R. Slevin at Agua Caliente, Cape Region of Lower California, July 26, 1919.

Distribution The southern portion of Lower California, Mexico.

Description of type-—Large. Head broad, flat-topped ; ros- tral higher than wide, in contact with anterior nasal. Two nasals ; two preoculars; three postoculars; two loreals. Supra- ocular large, not raised into a horn-like process, separated from its fellow by about six or seven irregular rows of scales. Six- teen and seventeen superior and nineteen inferior labials, the first pair of the latter divided horizontally as in C. exsul. A single pair of genials. About five rows of scales between supralabials and eye. Scales in twenty-seven rows, keeled ex- cept in one or two rows on each side. Gastrosteges 186; urosteges 26.

The general color is yellowish-brown, or brownish-yellow, with a series of large, darker brown blotches along the back. These blotches are well defined, are usually enclosed in con- tinuous light borders laterally as well as dorsally, and show little of the punctulate or pepper-and-salt style of coloration so characteristic of C. atrox. The sides are clouded or blotched with brown, more or less indefinitely outlined with light yellow or white. The head is somewhat mottled above. A yellow or white stripe runs across the side of the face from the preocular plates to the mouth. The scales behind and above this light stripe are darker than the ground color and are set off pos- teriorly by a light streak which runs down and back from the corner of the mouth. The tail is grayish with about four to six black cross-bands. The lower surfaces are yellowish-white.

Bengt to sans iss ac wncis Maieieve iavote asta apeknenetea toes 1070 mm. Length of tail to base of rattle. «2... ..6-0esieee 210)

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCL, 4th Series, Vol. X [VAN DENBURGH ] Plate 3

=)

— —-

Figure 1—Crotalus lucasensis Van Denburgh. Photograph of section of skin of specimen from San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico.

Figure 2—Crotalus atrox Baird & Girard. Photograph of section of skin of specimen from Tucson, Pima County, Arizona.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtuH SERIES

Vou. X, No. 3, pp. 31-32 Aucust 6, 1920

Ill

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF BOA (CHARINA BOTT UTAHENSIS) FROM UTAH

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH Curator, Department of Herpetology

The existence of boas of the genus Charina in Utah was re- corded by Mr. Slevin and myself in 1915. These snakes then were regarded as identical with the snakes of the Pacific Coast. Further study shows that, while the boas of these two areas are alike in almost every respect, they differ in the number of scale-rows. The specimens from Utah all have 41 rows of scales, while this number is found very rarely in the snakes from the Pacific states. However, since an occasional speci- men from the latter region has only 41 rows, it seems best to de- scribe the Utah snakes as a subspecies.

Charina bottz utahensis, new subspecies

Diagnosis —Similar to Charina botte botte but with scales in only 41 rows.

Type.—Cal. Acad. Sci. No. 38421, adult female, collected by J. R. Slevin in Little Cottonwood Canyon, Wasatch Moun- tains, Wasatch County, Utah, June 28, 1913.

32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Distribution.—Northwestern Utah, also Idaho.

Remarks.—The seven specimens at hand from Utah all have 41 rows of scales. The same number of rows is found in two specimens from Blue Lake and Hood’s Valley, Kootenai County, Idaho, which may be regarded as belonging to this subspecies. The only other specimens with 41 rows of scales of which I have record are one from Red Point, Placer County, California, and one from Fyffe, El Dorado County, California. These are to be regarded as instances of individual, or possibly geographical, variation in Charina botte botte, for other speci- mens from the same localities have 43 rows. It is these two Californian specimens which cause me to regard the two forms as subspecies rather than species. All other specimens from California, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington, of which I have records, have more than 41 rows of scales. Thus, of forty- seven specimens from these states, fifteen have 43 rows, twenty have 45, six have 47, and six have 49 rows. A specimen in the Paris Museum is said to have 43 to 45 rows and to be labeled “Utah Terr’. In the light of the present evidence it seems probable that this locality is erroneous.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

Vor. X, No. 4, pp. 33-34 Aucust 6, 1920

IV

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LIZARD (DIPSOSAURUS DORSALIS LUCASENSIS) FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH Curator, Department of Herpetology

The Crested Lizard, Dipsosaurus dorsalis, occurs in the desert regions of California, southern Nevada, and western Arizona, and ranges thence south to the end of the peninsula of Lower California. It is one of the few reptiles found both in the Cape Region and farther north in which specific or sub- specific differentiation has not been recognized by name. Geo- graphic variation, however, does occur, as will be shown below. Since the species was originally described from a specimen from the Colorado Desert, California, that form may be known as Dipsosaurus dorsalis dorsalis, and the southern subspecies may be described as

Dipsosaurus dorsalis lucasensis, new subspecies

Diagnosis.—Similar to D. dorsalis dorsalis but with rostral usually separated from nasal by but one granular scale.

34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Type.—Cal. Acad. Sci. No. 46090, collected at San Jose del Cabo, Lower California, Mexico, by J. R. Slevin, July 31, 1919.

Distribution.—The Cape Region of Lower California.

Remarks.—These two subspecies seem to be alike in all im- portant characters, except the one mentioned. This difference is not a constant one, but exists in so large a proportion of the specimens that it seems best to recognize it by name. The fol- lowing table shows the number of specimens which have each number of granules at the point where there are fewest on each side of the head:

Granules between rostral and nasal...| 1-1 | 1-2 | 2-2 | 2-0 Dipsosaurus dorsalis lucasensis.... .. CARs Dipsosaurus dorsalis dorsalis........ | 22 |) 42 | 270

It will be seen that these granules are 1-1 in 78% of the 351 specimens of D. dorsalis lucasensis as against 10% of 206 speci- mens of D. dorsalis dorsalis, and are 2-2 in 15% of the speci- mens of D. dorsalis lucasensis as against 83% of those of D. dorsalis dorsalis.

PROCEEDINGS Fourth Series

VOLUME Ill

Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range of California. By Frank M.Anderson. Plate 1. (/ssued (DRT OD EYE N SOAS ON ADH OE DOC IC COCCOCOCD DOO OUSDCUDOU OCHO eT

Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- son. (Jssued December 31, 1908)... vcesersenccsvecccsccccccenss

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued December %, 1909)...cccceccerevesesseenes

Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. By Rollo Howard Beck. (/sswed September 17, 1910)...+++++++

Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 1-xIII. (Issued November 9, 1911). cecccvcccncccneecesenceeeeseaseees

Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued JORUATY TT 1912) oias\4.0\s\/e\oioie (oss 6) a\e) sie s(s\v18\s)0/0\s\e 6\e\s\o\s\e\a\sie ele.8)09 ee

Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued J GHUAPY TT, AGIA) an Sakata ecto) onsale soy iofalois aleis\biore,< s\s'o eini~'e/sis's ovine

Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California. By James Perrin Smith. (/sswed April 5, T9T2) 6.33

Pages 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Sala- mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U. S. Navy. Plate:xtv;, | (2ssued: May 3, LGIQ) «02:00 ols asie sivas sislvje/sisieisiea.siaies

Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Am- phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. By John Van Denburgh. (Jsswed December 16, 1912.).....-++

Pages 259-264. Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid Toad of North America. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssved December LL IIDY SPU rsttateeetaleeishels ototate sielcla) werstslclletaletats%elejelaisrale\sieieteys(sis = sie

Pages 265-390. A Distributional List of the Mammals of California. By Joseph Grinnell. Plates xv-xvi. (/ssued August 28, 1913)

Pages 391-454. A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Arizona, with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates xviI-

XXVIII. (Issued November 5, 1913S) 2... ccc cc cccccccceccesees VOLUME IV Pages 1-13. I. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1913. Il. George Davidson. (Jssued April 8, 1914) ......

Pages 15-112. III. Neocene Record in the Temblor Basin, Cali- fornia, and Neocene Deposits of the San Juan District. By Frank M. Anderson and Bruce Martin, Plates1-x. (Jssued POCEUB EF SO LITA) oo eam aeisisivie. sietscclalolerne/olelelataiatolere\siessieieia/afereisie:s

Pages 113-128. IV. The Fauna ofthe Siphonalia sutterensis Zone in the Roseburg Quadrangle, Oregon. By Roy E. Dickerson. Plates x1-xul. (Jssued December 30, 1914) ..cvvecceccveevecees

Pages 129-152. V. Reptiles and Amphibians of the Islands of the West Coast of North America. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. (Issued December 30, 1914)... .0+.++0eeeeeee

Pages 153-160. VI. The Pocket Gopher of the Boreal Zone on San Jacinto Peak. By J. Grinnell and H. S. Swarth. (Issued December SO CLG) eros carey sicvevsveletercialere aleveteteserotsl yelokeisteysielelels\s's:5eleiaie

35

375

.29

.25

25

PROCEEDINGS Fourth Series

VOLUME V Pages 1-31. I. Report of the President of the Academy for the year 1914, II. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year 1914. (Issued March 26, 19/5).........4.

Pages 33-98. III. Fauna of the Type Tejon: Its Relation to the Cowlitz Phase of the Tejon Group of Washington. By Roy E, Dickerson. Plates1-x1. (Issued June 15, 1915)...........005

Pages 99-110. IV. A list of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Utah with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates x11-xIv. (Issued Samed 5: VIOUS) Oo ades scence ki eae cae ee eee

Pages 111-161. V. Description of a new subgenus (Arborimus) of Phenacomys, with a Contribution to Knowledge of the Habits and Distribution of Phenacomys longicaudus. By Walter P. Taylor. Plate xv. (/ssued December 356, 1915) .... cc cceeee

Pages 163-193. VI. Tertiary Deposits of Northeastern Mexico. By E. T. Dumble. Plates xviand xix. (/ssued December 31, 1915).

Pages 195-223. VII. Report of the President of the Academy for

the Year 1915. VIII. Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1915. (Jssued May 4, 1916)...

VOLUME VI

Pages 1-17. 1. Eocene of Lower Cowlitz River Valley, Washing- ton. By Charles E. Weaver. Plate 1. (/ssued May 6, 1916). Pages 19-40. II. The Post-Eocene Formations of Western Wash- ington. By Charles E. Weaver. (J/ssued May 6, 19/6), Pages 41-52. III. The Oligocene of Kitsap County, Washington. By Charles E. Weaver. (/ssued May 6, 1916). Price for the three Paperss is asicwis-stn co. 64's stale aro ever retention eee Pages 53-85. IV. The Pacific Coast Races of the Bewick Wren. By Harry S. Swarth. Plate 2. (Jssued May 8, 1916) ......... Pages 87-128. V. Monograph of the North American Species of Ortkotylus (Hemiptera). By Edward P. Van Duzee. (/ssued MAYS, MOTO) oe oem ora, rarsis screens ioe ee ae eee Re ore Pages 129-213. VI. A Catalogue and Host List of the Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris. (Jssued May 12, 1916) ........cccccccccccccs Pages 215-221. VII. Four Species of Salamanders new to the State of California, with a Description of Plethodon elongatus, a New Species, and Notes on other Salamanders. By John Van Den- burgh. ((/ssued May JZ, 916) sce oastde dace ae censaucciaciee ccc Pages 223-294. VIII. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1916. [X. Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1916. Plates 3-17. (/ssued JURE 2S, TID) ova ca cea saan seulees eee

VOLUME VII

Pages 1-31. I. Archzological Notes on Western Washington and Adjacent British Columbia. By Albert B. Reagan. Plates 1-6. (Lssued JulpAlS A ILL7) eon ee eae setae ee ae ee

Pages 33-39. II and III. Concerning the Origin of the Soft-shelled Turtle, Aspidonectes californiana Rivers, and Notes on the Herpetology of Guam, Mariana Islands. By John Van Den- burgh; (issued. July 23,1917) scisuiice cose su octen case seeenece

25

-25

50 720

30 50

25

.30

| |

PROCEEDINGS

OF THR CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

VoL. X, No. 5, pp. 35-46 Aucust 6, 1920

Vv

UNDESCRIBED TIPULID (DIPTERA) FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA

BY

CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, Urbana, Illinois

Ina small collection of crane-flies belonging to the California Academy of Sciences and sent to the writer for naming by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee were included a few new species that are discussed in this paper. The types of all the new species are contained in the collection of the California Academy, un- less stated otherwise. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Van Duzee for the privilege of examining these highly important collec- tions.

Subfamily Limnobiinz Tribe Eriopterini Genus Ormosia Rondani 1. Ormosia paradisea, new species

Antenne black throughout; general coloration brown, the pseudo-sutural fovez black; preescutum with three broad, dark brown stripes; halteres orange-yellow; legs dark brown throughout; wings brownish gray, the costal and subcostal cells more yellowish; stigma dark brown; cell rst M, closed; anal veins convergent.

August 6, 1920

36 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Female.—Length, 5 mm.; wing, 7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne black throughout. Head dull brownish gray.

Mesonotal prascutum brown with three broad dark brown stripes; tuberculate pits and pseudo-sutural fovex black, the former located at the level of the anterior ends of the latter; remainder of the mesonotum brownish gray. Pleura dull gray; two conspicuous tufts of long, light yellow hairs on the meso-pleura, the more dorsal of these lying between the bases of the wings and halteres. Halteres conspicuously light orange- yellow. Legs with the cox dull gray; remainder of the legs dark brown, the femora clothed with sparse, pale, appressed hairs. Wings brownish gray, the disk variegated with paler; base of the wing, costal and sub- costal cells more yellowish; cell 2nd R: beyond the stigma pale; veins dark brownish black. Venation: Sc: ending opposite 7; Scz far from the tip of Sci, the distance on R between the origin of Rs and Sc: being a little less than R: beyond r; r about equal to the section of R: before it; cell 1st M, closed, long and narrow; basal deflection of Cu at about one-third the length of cell Jst Mz Anal veins convergent, the 2nd anal vein being sinuous on its outer end.

Abdomen dark brown, the lateral margins with conspicuous light yellow hairs. Ovipositor with the tergal valves strongly upcurved.

Habitat.—Washington.

Holotype, 2 (No. 719), Paradise Valley, Mt. Rainier, alti- tude 5000-6000 feet, July 29, 1919 (C. L. Fox).

Ormosia paradisea is allied to O. arcuata (Doane) of the Eastern United States, but the coloration is darker through- out, Sc, closer to the origin of Rs than to the tip of Sc,, and other characters.

Genus Rhabdomastix Skuse Subgenus Sacandaga Alexander

The species discussed below is the fourth Nearctic form to be described. It should be noted in passing that the two Euro- pean species of Gonomyia, G. schistacea (Schummel) and G. leta Loew, are in reality members of this genus and subgenus.

2. Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) fasciger, new species

General coloration brown, the pleura gray; wings grayish, the stigma brown; an indistinct brown fascia along the cord; abdomen dark brown.

Female.—Length, 7-8 mm.; wing, 7.5-9 mm. Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne dark brown. Head gray, more brownish medially.

Vou. X] ALEXANDER—UNDESCRIBED TIPULIDE 37

Mesonotal prescutum brown without apparent stripes; pseudosutural foveze and tuberculate pits shiny black; scutellum and postnotum sparsely gray pruinose. Pleura gray. WHalteres pale, the bases of the knobs a little darker. Legs with the coxz dull brownish yellow; trochanters dull yellow; femora yellow, the tips broadly infuscated; remainder of the legs pale brown, the apical tarsal segments darker. Wings with a con- spicuous gray tinge; stigma oval, dark brown; an indistinct brown fascia along the cord, extending to the fork of M; extreme base of wing a little yellowish. Venation: Sc rather long, Sci ending at about three-fourths the length of the long sector, Sc2 removed some distance from the tip of Sci, Sci alone being about equal to r-m; R2 short, sub-perpendicular to oblique in position, subequal to or shorter than r-m; cell 1st Mz slightly narrowed at its inner end; basal deflection of Cu: very oblique, inserted before mid- length of cell Ist M2, the angle between Cu: and Ms; strongly acute.

Abdomen dark brown, suddenly narrowed or constricted on the ventral face at the base of the terebra. Ovipositor with the tergal valves very long and slender, the tips slightly expanded and upcurved; sternal valves much shorter.

Habitat.—California.

Holotype, @ (No. 720), Santa Cruz, June 2, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

Paratopotypes, 3 2’s.

It is possible, though scarcely probable, that this species is a member of the subgenus Rhabdomastix, the most northerly known species of which is found in Panama. Specimens of the male sex will be necessary to tell this.

Tribe Limnophilini Genus Limnophila Macquart

Subgenus Neolimnophila, new subgenus

Similar to Limnophila, s. s., differing as follows:

Antenne with the four basal flagellar segments united into a compact, elongate-conical fusion-segment, there being but ten free flagellar segments beyond it. In the female sex the third and fourth of these fused segments are less distinctly united and a faint suture is sometimes evident between them. Pro- notum small, narrowed anteriorly; prosternum distinct, nar- rowed posteriorly, separating the pro-coxe. Wings with R.+; longer than R, alone, r being generally inserted on R.-+; a short distance before the fork. Male hypopygium with the pleurites very long and slender, the two pleural appendages

38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

small; outer appendage chitinized, the apex slender and strongly curved, the outer margin with several appressed teeth; inner appendage short, blunt, fleshy, the surface covered with setiger- ous tubercles, two or three of the sete at the end of the ap- pendage being much longer and stouter; at the base of the pleurites two elongate cylindrical arms, the larger of which is provided with rows of long, curved hairs. Gonapophyses ap- pearing as flattened plates with their caudal lateral angle pro- duced into a long, straight point.

Type of the sub-genus.—Limnophila ultima Osten Sacken (Northern North America).

The curious Tipulid that is here made the type of the new subgenus, Neolimnophila, flies in the autumn and less com- monly in the spring and so may be expected to be double- brooded. The species ranges across the entire northern United States and Canada, to British Columbia and Alaska.

3. Limnophila subaptera Alexander

1917 Limnophila subaptera Alexander, Canadian Entomolo- ist, vol. 49, pp. 207, 208. g PP One female specimen in the collection undoubtedly belongs to this species although it differs considerably from the unique male type. This specimen may be made the allotype. Female.—Length, 16 mm.; wing, 2.4 mm. General coloration light yellowish brown, the pleura with a faint grayish bloom. Legs comparatively stout, the cox but little pruinose; legs brown- ish yellow, the femora and tibie scarcely darkened apically; the terminal

tarsal segments dark brown. Ovipositor with the tergal valves greatly ex- ceeding the sternal valves in length, slightly upcurved, the tips subacute.

Allotype, 2? (No. 721), Bubbs Creek Cafion, Kings River, Fresno County, California, altitude 9700 feet, July 9, 1910 (E. C. Van Dyke).

Allotype in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Genus Ulomorpha Osten Sacken

The genus Ulomorpha was erected in 1869 (Monographs Diptera North America, pt. 4, pp. 232, 233) to receive the then

Vor, X] ALEXANDER—UNDESCRIBED TIPULIDZ 39

unique species, pilosella (Osten Sacken). No other species had been definitely referred to this group until the description of Ulomorpha sierricola Alexander (1918). It is therefore of very great interest to record three additional species of this curious genus from the mountains of California. The rela- tionships of this genus with Ewlimnophila Alexander, indicated by Osten Sacken in the generic characterization, have been amply and strikingly shown by the discovery of the immature stages of Ulomorpha pilosella and several species of Eulimno- phila (tenuipes, recondita, quadrata).

All three of the new species show marked peculiarities of structure or color. U. quinque-cellula is the only species with cell M, present, i. e., with five posterior cells: U, nigronitida is notable by its intense shiny black coloration; U. vanduzeei has the macrotrichize of the wing-membrane almost confined to the areas beyond the base of the sector and thus approaches, in this respect alone, the genus Adelphomyia Bergroth.

A Key To THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS ULOMORPHA OSTEN SACKEN

1. Cell M, present (California). U. quinque-cellula, new species Cell M, lacking.

2. General coloration of the body deep shiny black throughout (Cali-

fornia). U. nigronitida, new species General coloration of the body shiny reddish yellow.

3. Macrotrichie of the wing-disk practically confined to the cells be- yond the level of the origin of the sector; cells R and 2nd A with few or no macrotrichiz (California). U. vanduseei, new species

Macrotrichiz of the wing-disk more extensive, extending almost to the base of the wing in cells R and 2nd A.

4. Size large (wing of the ¢ about 9 mm.); stigma pale brown but distinct; Sc shorter, ending about opposite four-fifths the length of Rs; veins R: and Rs gradually divergent, cell R:z being con- spicuously widened at the wing-margin; cell 1st M2 broad at the base, the basal deflection of M+ 2 being about equal to r-m. (Washington). U. sierrvicola Alexander (1) Size smaller (wing of the ¢ about 7.5 mm.); stigma indistinct; Sc longer, ending just before the fork of Rs; veins R» and Rs almost parallel, slightly diverging near their ends, cell R2 not being conspicuously widened at the wing-margin; cell Ist M2 narrowed at the base, the basal deflection of Mi+. being much shorter than r-m (Northeastern North America). U. pilosella (Osten Sacken) (2)

(1) Ulomorpha sierricola Alexander, Can. Ent., vol. 50, pp. 163, 164; 1918, (2) Limnophila pilosella Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859, p. 241; 1859.

40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

4. Ulomorpha quinque-cellula, new species

Size large (wing of the ¢ 9 mm.) ; general coloration shiny reddish yellow ; cell M/, of the wings present.

Male.—Length, 8-9.2 mm.; wing, 9-9.2 mm.

Rostrum and palpi yellowish brown. Antennz rather elongate for this genus of flies, the first segment brown, sparsely gray pruinose; second scapal and the basal flagellar segments dull brownish yellow, the distal segments dark brown; flagellar verticils long. Head dark brown, gray pruinose.

Mesonotal prescutum shiny reddish yellow without apparent stripes; re- mainder of the mesonotum dull yellow. Pleura reddish yellow. Halteres pale brownish white, the knobs brown. Legs with the coxe and trochan- ters yellow; femora pale testaceous brown, the tips narrowly dark brown, especially on the outer face; tibia pale testaceous brown, the tips narrowly dark brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong yellowish tinge; stigma indistinct; veins brown; macrotrichiz in all of the cells beyond the cord and more sparsely in the centers of the outer cells to basad of the origin of Rs. Venation: Sc ending at about three-fourths the length of Rs, Sc2 at the tip of the subequal Sci; Rs long, spurred at origin; cell R: sessile; veins R2 and Rs divergent; veins R:, Rs and Rit+s arising almost from a common point; r indistinct; 7-m very long; cell MM, present, much longer than its petiole; basal deflection of Cu just before mid-length of cell 1st M2.

Abdominal tergites yellowish brown, the sternites a little paler.

Habitat.—California. Holotype, ¢ (No. 722), Huntington Lake, Fresno Co., alti- tude 7000 feet, July 28, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

Paratopotype, ¢.

5. Ulomorpha nigronitida, new species

Size rather large (wing of the ¢ 8 mm.) ; general coloration deep shiny black throughout; cell M/, of the wings lacking.

Male.—Length, 7-7.8 mm.; wing, 8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antenne black throughout; verticils long and delicate. Head black, very sparsely gray pruinose.

Thorax shiny deep black, including the pleura. Halteres with the stem pale brown, the knobs dark brownish black. Legs with the coxe dark brownish black, the hind coxe paler; trochanters dull yellowish; remainder of the legs black, the bases of the femora dull yellow, this coloration narrowest on the fore legs, broadest on the hind legs. Wings with a pale gray tinge, the bases more yellowish; the abortive anal vein behind vein Cu, yellowish; the macrotrichiz in the cells of the wing basad of the level of the origin of Rs more sparse than in U. pilosella or U. sierricola, but very much heavier than in U. vanduseeit. Venation; Sc ending at about four- fifths the length of the long sector, Sc2 at the tip of Sci, Sc2 being about two-thirds as long as Sci; Rs long, gently arcuated at origin; cell R: sessile or very short-petiolate; vein KR: diverging from vein FR; and almost parallel with R: so that cell R: is nearly twice as wide as cell Rs at the

Vor. X] ALEXANDER—UNDESCRIBED TIPULID#& 41

wing-margin; basal deflection of Rs+s short, about one-third as long as

r-m; cell M, lacking; cell 1st M2 large, nearly as long as vein M; beyond

it; basal deflection of Ci inserted beyond midlength of cell 1st M2. Abdomen shiny, deep black throughout, including the hypopygium.

Habitat.—California.

Holotype, ¢ (No. 723), Huntington Lake, Fresno Co., alti- tude 7000 feet, July 16, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

Paratopotypes, 2 é’s, July 5-9, 1919.

6. Ulomorpha vanduzeei, new species

Size small (wing of the ¢ 6.5 mm.); general coloration shiny reddish yellow; cell M, lacking; macrotrichiz practically confined to the cells of the wing distad of the origin of the sector.

Male.—Length, about 6 mm.; wing, 6.5 mm.

Rostrum yellowish brown; palpi dark brown. Antenne dark brown, the first scapal segment sparsely gray pruinose; antennz moderately elongated, the verticils very long. Head dark brown, the vertex surround- ing the antennal fossze more reddish; head sparsely gray pruinose.

Mesonotal prescutum shiny reddish yellow, without apparent stripes; remainder of the mesonotum light yellow. Pleura yellow. Halteres dark brown, the base of the stem paler. Legs with the cox and trochanters dull yellow; femora pale testaceous brown, the tips a little darker; tibiz darker brown; tarsi dark brown: Wings with a faint yellowish gray tinge, much less intense than in U. pilosella; veins brown macrotrichie practi- cally confined to the cells beyond the level of the origin of Rs, only a few scattered trichiz occurring basad of this, the 2nd anal cell with but one or two trichiz near its distal end. Venation: Sc: extending to about two- thirds the length of Rs, Sc: at the very end of Sc: and nearly twice its length; Rs long, spurred at origin; cell R2 short-petiolate; vein R: almost straight, diverging strongly from Rs so that cell R2 is conspicuously wider at the wing-margin than cell Rs; basal deflection of Rits about one-half the length of r-m; cell M, lacking; vein Ms beyond m longer than cell Ist Mz; basal deflection of Cia inserted just beyond midlength of cell 1st M2.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites more yellowish.

Habitat.—California.

Holotype, ¢ (No. 724), Cascada, Fresno Co., altitude 5000 feet, July 29, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

7. Tipula trichophora, new species

General coloration pale brownish yellow, shiny; antenne moderately elongate, the basal flagellar segments bicolorous ;

42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

mesonotal preescutum with four narrow brown stripes; wings brownish gray, the distal cells with conspicuous macrotrichie ; abdomen brownish yellow, the lateral margins of the tergites with five dark brown spots; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite large, deeply notched medially; caudal margin of the ninth sternite produced caudad into two long, straight append- ages that are tipped with stiff, yellow, spinous bristles.

Male—Length, 12 mm.; wing, 12.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head shiny brownish yellow, darker brown medially; palpi brown. Antenne moderately elongate, if bent backward extending about to the base of the abdomen; scapal segments yellow, basal flagellar segments indistinctly bicolorous, the basal swelling dark brown, the remainder of each segment paler brown; distal flagellar seg- ments uniformly dark brown. Head dark brown, paler behind, the front and anterior part of the vertex golden-yellow pollinose; along the inner margin of the eyes more grayish.

Mesonotum light brownish yellow, shiny, the praescutum with four nar- row brown stripes; lobes of the scutum dark. Pleura shiny testaceous yellow. Halteres dark brown, the base of the stem pale yellow. Legs with the coxe shiny yellow, the base a little infuscated, trochanters yellow; femora yellowish basally, broken before midlength. Wings with a strong brownish gray tinge; cells C, Sc and the space behind vein Cu yellowish; stigma dark brown; an obliterative area before the stigma, extending across the inner end of cell 1st M/2; veins dark brown; conspicuous macro- trichiz in cells Re, Rs, and Rs; M1 and 2nd M2 except the base, and the tips of cells Ms and Cus. Venation: Rs long, arcuated; vein R: persistent; petiole of cell M4; shorter than mj; m-cu at about one-fourth the length of cell 1st M2, the first section of Ms+, being shorter than that section of M42.

Abdomen shiny brownish yellow, the hypopygium darker, especially the base of the ninth sterno-pleurite; conspicuous dark brown spots near the basal lateral margin of tergites three to six and near midlength of tergite two. Male hypopygium moderately large. Ninth tergite large, the caudal margin with a large, subquadrate median notch, the conspicuous lateral lobes flattened, the ventral surface concave, hollowed out like a spoon, directed caudad; base of the notch weakly rounded outward, the dorsal surface being impressed at this point. Pleural suture very short, straight; outer pleural appendage elongate, cylindrical, narrow basally, the distal two-thirds clothed with conspicuous, long, erect, black bristles. Ninth sternite with the caudal margin produced posteriorly into two very con- spicuous straight appendages that lie parallel and close together, the sur- face at the tip and along the proximal face densely set with conspicuous yellow spinous bristles; the lateral margins with more erect black bristles. Dorsad of the base of these appendages and at the origin of the inner pleural appendages are two conspicuous, pale, fleshy lobes that project strongly laterad. Eighth sternite with the margin weakly trilobed medially, each lateral lobe provided with about two small sete.

Habitat.—California.

Holotype, ¢ (No. 725), Santa Cruz, June 1, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

Vor. X] ALEXANDER—UNDESCRIBED TIPULID& 43

8. Tipula cahuilla, new species

General coloration of the head and thorax light gray, the former with a narrow brown median line; mesonotal przescu- tum with five narrow brown lines; scutellum with a capillary brown line; wings grayish subhyaline; stigma dark brown; the distal cells of the wings with conspicuous macrotrichie ; ab- domen dark gray, the tergites with two yellow sublateral stripes ; male hypopygium simple ; abdomen of female very long and slender.

Male.—Length, 9-12 mm.; wing, 9-11.3 mm.

Female.—Length, 17.5-18.5 mm.; wing, 11-12 mm.; abdomen alone, 13.5- 148 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head dull yellow, light gray above; palpi dark brown. Antennz with the first segment light gray; remaining segments dark brown; flagellar segments subcylindrical, weakly incised beneath. Head light gray with a delicate brown dorso-median stripe and a broad, whitish ring around the eyes.

Pronotum gray. Mesonotal prascutum gray, the interspaces between the usual stripes dark brown; there thus appear five narrow brown lines of which the lateral pair represent the margins of the gray lateral stripes; the median vitta narrower, dark brown, not attaining the suture; scutum gray, each lobe with a brown circular mark; scutellum brownish testa- ceous medially, gray laterally, with a capillary brown median line; post- notum light gray. Pleura light gray, indistinctly variegated with pale spots on the mesepimeron and across the dorsal margin of the sterna. Halteres brown, the knobs darker, the base of the stem pale. Legs with coxe light gray; trochanters dark brown; femora brownish yellow, the tips dark brown; tibia brownish yellow, soon passing into brown; tarsi dark brown. Wings grayish subhyaline, cell Sc a little yellowish; stigma conspicuous, dark brown; veins dark brown; numerous macrotrichie in the apices of cells Rs, Rs, Ms, 2nd M2 and My. Venation: Rs gently arcu- ated; cell 1st M2 small, pentagonal; petiole of cell M: a little longer than m; m-cu punctiform, located at about one-fourth the length of cell Ist M2.

Abdominal tergites dark gray with two conspicuous sublateral yellowish stripes, the caudal and lateral margins of the segments broadly pale; sternites dark gray, the caudal margins of the segments conspicuously pale. Male hypopygium of very simple structure. Ninth tergite broader than long, the caudal margin with a broad V-shaped notch, the lateral angles obtusely rounded; tergite not fused with the other sclerites of the hypopy- gium. Ninth sterno-pleurite extensive, the two pleural appendages very simple in structure, the outer one an oval, fleshy lobe that is covered with very short pile; inner appendage still smaller, bifid at the base, the outer branch small, black, the inner branch produced into a cylindrical beak. Ninth sternite with a profound, narrow, median notch. Eighth sternite unarmed. In the female, the abdomen is unusually long and slender, as will be seen by the accompanying measurements; the yellow abdominal stripes are very conspicuous. Ovipositor with a conspicuous dorsal shield ; tergal valves broad basally, lying transversely, the outer margins entire; sternal valves much shorter, the tips truncated.

44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Habitat —California.

Holotype, ¢ (No. 726), Atascadero, San Luis Obispo Co., April 26, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee). Allotopotype, ? (No. 727), same data.

Paratopotypes, 1 ¢, 12; paratypes, 2 3’s, 2 ?’s, Bradley, April 27, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

This interesting little species would seem to be allied to Tipula beatula Osten Sacken. Its closest relative is T. bituber- culata Doane, in which species the abdomen of the female is of normal length.

9. Tipula evidens, new species

General coloration shiny obscure yellow, the przescutal stripes scarcely apparent; antennal flagellum dark brownish black; wings grayish subhyaline, the costal region more yellowish; abdomen yellow, tergites two to five with conspicuous rounded black spots along the lateral margins, basal sternite with a con- spicuous rounded black median spot; male hypopygium large, the ninth tergite very extensive with two obtuse submedian and two longer sublateral lobes; eighth sternite with two brushes of rather short yellow hairs.

Male.—Length about 14 mm.; wing, 15.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head rather long, light brown, slightly darker at the base; palpi dark brown. Antenne moderately elongated, if bent backward, extending about to the wing-root; scape and basal half of the first flagellar segment obscure yellow the remainder of the flagellum dark brownish black. Head dull brownish yellow, the center of the vertex more brownish gray pruinose.

Mesonotal prescutum shiny yellow with three indistinct reddish stripes, the surface covered with a sparse pollen; remainder of the mesonotum obscure yellow. Pleura yellow. MHalteres yellow, the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxe obscure yellow; trochanters yellow; femora brownish yellow, the tips narrowly dark brown; tibie light brown; tarsi darker brown. Wings grayish subhyaline; cells C and Sc more yellowish; stigma light brown; an obliterative area extending from before the stigma across the inner end of cell 7st M2; veins brown. Venation: petiole of cell Mi a little longer than m.

Abdomen yellow; tergites two to five with a conspicuous black rounded spot on the lateral margins, on the second segment near mid-length, on the other segments close to the base of the segment; sternites yellow, a conspicuous, rounded black spot on the first segment and less distinct marks near the posterior margins of segments two and three. Male hypopygium large. Ninth tergite very long and extensive, the caudal mar- gin with a deep median notch, the adjacent submedian lobes broadly rounded and with the inner margin set with small setigerous tubercles; the sublateral margins of the tergites are produced caudad into much longer lobes, with the apices subtruncate, the notch between these and the

Vor. X] ALEXANDER—UNDESCRIBED TIPULIDZ 45

submedian lobes rounded; the dorsal surface of the tergite has a median, impressed line that continues cephalad, before the base cutting off a sub- triangular area. Ninth pleurite small but complete; outer pleural ap- pendage small, cylindrical or slightly clavate, pale, provided with long hairs; from the ventral proximal angle of the pleurite projects ventrad a short, blunt lobe that is provided with abundant crinite hairs that hang ventrad across the genital chamber. Eighth sternite with two brushes of rather short golden-yellow hairs on the posterior margin, contiguous, or even slightly decussate across the median line. Gonapophyses appearing as two long chitinized rods that lie parallel and close together, directed dorsad.

Habitat.—California.

Holotype, ¢ (No. 728), Huntington Lake, Fresno Co., alti- tude 7000 feet, July 23, 1919 (E. P. Van Duzee).

Tipula evidens is allied to T. megalabiata Alexander but dif- fers in the coloration of the antenne and in the structure of the male hypopygium. This species, together with most of the other species of the genus discussed in this paper, were sub- mitted to Mr. Cole for comparison with the Doane types and he reports this as very distinct from any of Doane’s species in the Stanford University Collection. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Cole for his care and help in determining these relationships.

10. Tipula megatergata, new species

General coloration yellow; antennal flagellum black; meso- notal preescutum pale buffy yellow with three indistinct reddish brown stripes; wings light gray, the costal region more yel- lowish; abdomen obscure yellow; male hypopygium very large and powerful, the ninth tergite tumid, with the lateral angles produced caudad into elongate, pointed lobes that are bent slightly dorsad at their tips ; ninth sternopleurite very restricted.

Male.—Length about 18 mm.; wing, 16.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head yellow, the nasus small; palpi obscure brownish yellow, the last segment dark brown. Antenne with the scape yellow, the first flagellar segment light brown; remainder of the flagellum black. Head reddish yellow, sparsely gray pruinose, with an indistinct, median, capillary brown line.

Mesonotal prescutum pale buffy yellow with three indistinct reddish brown stripes, the broad median stripe split by a broad grayish line; remainder of the mesonotum yellowish. Pleura yellow, sparsely yel- low pollinose. Halteres pale yellow, the knobs brown. Legs with the cox and trochanters yellow; remainder of the legs broken. Wings light gray, cells C and Sc yellowish; stigma pale brown; a conspicuous obliter- ative streak extending from before the stigma across the wing into the base of cell Ms. Venation: Cell 7st M2 pentagonal, high; basal deflection of M,+: longer than Ms+..

46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Abdomen obscure yellow, the basal segments brighter; caudal margin of the tergites narrowly ringed with paler; hypopygium reddish. Male hypopygium very large and powerful. Ninth tergite very powerful, tumid, the lateral angles produced caudad into elongate-triangular horns that are slightly twisted, the extreme tips acute, bent slightly laterad and dorsad; the median notch is broadly U-shaped, on either side of the median line with a small, chitinized, flattened projection, the apices obliquely truncated. Ninth sterno-pleurite very restricted between the large ninth tergite and eighth sternite, the pleurite almost complete. Outer pleural appendage slender, clavate, pale, provided with long bristles. Gonapophyses project- ing from the genital chamber as straight chitinized rods. Eighth sternite with two brushes of short yellow hairs, one on either side of the median line; lateral angles produced proximad into pale, complex arms that are branched at their tips, the cephalic arm jutting backward underneath the ninth sterno-pleurite, the tip provided with a brush of hairs, almost like those on the caudal margin of the sternite.

Habitat.—California.

Holotype, é, Claremont (C. F. Baker), in the collection of the author.

Tipula megatergata is closely allied to T. tergata Doane and T. sternata Doane, especially the latter, but differs in the details of structure of the male hypopygium.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

Vou. X, No. 6, pp. 47-49 Aucust 6, 1920

VI

THREE NEW SPECIES OF DOLICHOPODIDA (DIPTERA) FROM CALIFORNIA AND NEVADA

BY

M. C. Van DUZEE

1. Porphyrops montanus, new species

A small blackish species with blackish wings and black feet.

Male: Length, 3.3 mm. Face narrow, silvery white. Front violet with two spots of white pollen which form a transverse band near its middle. Antenne black; third joint of the usual acute triangular shape, not quite as long as the eye height; the apical arista about two-thirds as long as third joint. Lateral and inferior orbital cilia white, a few of the upper cilia black. a

Thorax dark green, not very shining; pleure dulled with whitish pollen. Abdomen bronze or coppery-brown with a little blue or greenish on the center of the dorsum of the first and second segments, and rather long white hair on the sides of the first three segments. Hypopygium black, extending about one-half its length below the abdomen, its lamella black, slender, rather wide at base but abruptly narrowing and tapering to a slender point, not quite as long as the third antennal joint, fringed with delicate pale hairs on both edges and with two long black hairs at tip; inner appendages small, black with a point at tip and a tuft of black hair near the base. Legs and feet black; fore and middle tibiz a little yellowish on upper surface of apical two-thirds; fore coxe with long white hair on their anterior surface; fore basitarsi widened a little at tip into a small spur, making it a little concave below, a little shorter than the remaining four joints taken together, fourth joint very short. Calypters, their cilia, and the halteres yellow.

48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Wings strongly tinged with blackish; third and fourth veins bent so as to approach each other beyond the cross-vein, still nearly parallel at their tips.

Female: Color and wings as in the male. Face wide with white pollen, through which the green ground color can be seen; third antennal joint short, a little longer than wide, triangular; the apical arista longer than the antenne. Front violet, narrowly blue or green just above the antenne and along the orbits; fore cox with shorter hair than in the male; fore basi- tarsi not concave below, their tips not widened.

Described from one male and three females taken at Hun- tington Lake, Fresno Co., California, July 9, 1919, at 7000 ft. elevation, by Edward P. Van Duzee.

Holotype (No. 729), male, and allotype (No. 730), female, in the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences.

This species is very much like P. mundus Loew, but it is smaller and the female is more wholly black, the male has the lamellz long and slender, while in mundus they are small and rounded; the inner appendages are small in this species and altogether black while in mundus they are long and yellowish; the third antennal joint is shorter in this than in mundus.

2. Gymnopternus californicus, new species

Male: Length, 3.2 mm. Face wide, covered with brown pollen. Front dark blue-green, almost black. Antenne black, third joint scarcely pointed at tip, about as long as wide. Orbital cilia wholly black.

Thorax and abdomen greennish black, shining; hypopygium and _ its lamelle black, the latter small, crescent shaped, fringed with brown hairs.

Legs and feet wholly black, the knees a very little yellowish; middle tibiz with one bristle below and four above, all rather long and slender; middle and hind femora each with one preapical bristle, the latter with rather long hair on the upper edge, which is longest near the base. Calyp- ters and halteres yellow, the former with black cilia.

Wings tinged with blackish; rather evenly rounded on the posterior mar- gin, the anal angle being rounded off, not at all prominent; third and fourth veins a very little convergent at their tips, still the tips far apart.

Female: Agrees with the male in color and in the form of the wings. The face is wider and a little more gray than in the male; the hair on the upper edge of the hind femora is much shorter. The fore tibie with a row of little bristle-like hairs on their upper surfaces which are quite con- spicuous; there are also three or four longer bristles among these hairs.

Described from 11 males and 18 females, taken at Hunting- ton Lake, Fresno Co., California, July 9, 1919, at 7000 ft. ele- vation, by Edward P. Van Duczee.

Holotype (No. 731), male, and allotype (No. 732), female, in the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences.

Vor. X] VAN DUZEE—NEW SPECIES OF DOLICHOPODIDZ 49

3. Gymnopternus convergens, new species

Male: Length, 3 mm. Face wide, covered with dark brown, almost black, pollen. Front greenish black. Antenne black, third joint longer than wide, somewhat oval, the arista inserted above the tip; orbital cilia wholly black.

Thorax and abdomen very dark green, shining, the latter with slight bronze reflections. Hypopygium and its lamellz black, the latter crescent shaped, fringed with brown hairs on outer edge.

Legs and feet black, the fore and middle tibiz more brownish; middle and hind femora each with two preapical bristles; middle tibize with two small bristles below and about six rather short ones above. Calypters and halteres brownish yellow; the latter with yellow knobs and the former with black cilia.

Wings tinged with brownish gray; third and fourth veins convergent towards their tips, which are rather close together; anal angle of wing rather prominent, the base of the wing being at right angles to the costal line; wing widest about half way from tip of fifth to tip of sixth vein, the hind margin being somewhat flattened from that point to the anal angle.

Female: Color and form of wing about as in the male, but the anal angle of the wing is a little less prominent. The middle and hind femora have each two preapical bristles as in the male; the face is a little wider and perhaps a little more grayish.

Described from four males and five females taken by the writer at Wells, Nevada, June 6, 1915.

Holotype and allotype in the author’s collection. Paratypes in the collection of the author and in that of the California Academy of Sciences (No. 733).

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourTH SERIES

Vor. X, No. 7, pp: 51-52 Aucust 6, 1920

VII

TWO NEW SPECIES OF SYRPHIDZ (DIPTERA)

BY

A. L. Lovett

1. Myiolepta carbicolor, new species

Length 10 mm. Color black: face, legs and pile black, thorax shining blue-black; third segment of antenne light brown, arista black; wings dark smoky, veins black, halteres smoky brown.

Male: Face projecting, shining black, except for tubercle covered with dense whitish pollen; along eye margins and on greyish cheeks with sparse moderately elongate white pile; frontal triangle shining black, bare; ver- tical triangle black with elongate black bristle-like pile, the pile extending outward along occiput. Antenne brown, black at base, the third segment light brown, circular; the arista moderately elongate, black.

Thorax and scutellum shining metallic blue-black with moderately dense, elongate black pile. Abdomen sub-opaque black with translucent brown and blue reflections arranged as pseudo-crossbands on anterior margins of segments. Pile on disc inconspicuous, short, black, on lateral margins and on fourth segment longer, white.

Legs black throughout, pile mostly white; on hind femur short, coarse, black; on hind tarsi, golden. Wings dark smoky, veins black; calipter with fringe of white pile; halteres smoky brown.

Type, male (No. 734), in Museum of California Academy of Sciences. From Longmire Springs (Mt. Rainier 2500 ft.), Washington, July 18, 1919; C. L. Fox, collector.

52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41TH Ser.

Another male from Paradise Valley (Mt. Rainier 5500 ft.), July 28, 1919, collected by C. L. Fox, in author’s collection.

This species is near auricaudata Will, and aurinota Hine, but the wholly black legs and pile distinguish it.

2. Xylota bivittata, new species

In size, general appearance, and abdominal markings similar to analis. Legs without spur on hind cox. Antenne lighter in color, third segment yellow, arista black, longer than with analis. Face brown, light yellowish brown on lower half, pile white; contour of face similar to analis, more deeply concave in profile, oral margin more pronounced.

Thorax with a pair of indistinct longitudinal vitte not reaching the scutellum. Pile of thorax shorter, more golden than in analis, crossband of black evident only in certain lights. Opaque black of second and third abdominal segments narrower, margined with brown; yellow areas larger, quadrate, more as in subfasciata.

Legs without spur on hind coxe, color markings similar to analis, the lighter areas more extended and honey-yellow; front and middle tibie except for brown ring, all tarsi except apical segments, honey-yellow. Wings similar to analis, apical cross-vein curved backward for a shorter distance and less abruptly; halteres honey-yellow.

Type, male (No. 735), in Museum of California Academy of Sciences, Huntington Lake, California, July 21, 1919; E. P. Van Duzee, collector.

Paratype, male, in author’s collection.

Superficial characters throughout very similar to analis, abdominal markings resemble subfasciata. Light brown face, light antennz and absence of spur serve to differentiate it, and minor characters are specific.

PROCEEDINGS Fourth Series VOLUME III

Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range of California. By Frank M.Anderson. Plate 1. (/ssued QDI By Bed SLES EAU RA TIAA COC OECCA TIE OC TOE OFC are

Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C, Thomp- SOs, A CASSUEA LIECCTIVET SLap TIO) aartve e wins casa teeseeasaes ois sielvie dle we

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van Denburgh. (Usswed December 20; 1909) ccc ccccecccecccsccccece

Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. By Rollo Howard Beck. (/sswed September 17, 1910)........4%

Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 11-xmI. (CLSSzEAEN OU EMEDEPEORTITI VGN occvecassis oovayoseesishe oralebe de weua8 S180 steravarece

Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued SJ ARUATY LTS LOLs cisscte asi sles) ss, issaiaisiasaia's 6¢s'ahi,e° ele eistelsde oretels 6(o's «0 atee

Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued J ARUATY EL IRL LE ae rie ele ye Oe aie emleheieseimees

Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California. By James Perrin Smith. (/ssued April 5, 79/2)...

Pages 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Sala- mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U.S. Navy. Platessnven CLSSe nea ye Selle. toe. cistarc ietatantar td tetelelore oie aereaiss

Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Am- phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued December 16, 1912.).....44+

Pages 259-264. Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid Toad of North America. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssved December EAE ES SRO O ORONO ATOM OR COL CRT ROE COCR ECO ECR ea

Pages 265-390. A Distributional List of the Mammals of California. By Joseph Grinnell. Plates xv-xv1. (/ssued August 28, 19/3)

Pages 391-454. A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Arizona, with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates xviI-

KKVIIES (Ussued November 5; VOLS) « «,<iz.ccsieeniere)seizisiers. 4,312 weiss VOLUME IV Pages 1-13. I. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1913.

Il. George Davidson. (Jssued April 8, 1914) ......

Pages 15-112. III. Neocene Record in the Temblor Basin, Cali- fornia, and Neocene Deposits of the San Juan District. By Frank M. Anderson and Bruce Martin. PlatesI-x. (J/ssued DECETADET. SOK LIIP eerayeeiat eee ees 8 0: Bal ROR elas eae aS a6 Pages 113-128. IV. The Fauna of the Siphonalia sutterensis Zone in the Roseburg Quadrangle, Oregon. By Roy E. Dickerson. Plates x1-xul. (Jssued December 30, 1914) 0. .ccccccccececcccce Pages 129-152. V. Reptiles and Amphibians of the Islands of the West Coast of North America. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. (Issued December 30, 1914) .........cceeeeee Pages 153-160. VI. The Pocket Gopher of the Boreal Zone on San Jacinto Peak. By J. Grinnell and H. S. Swarth. (Issued DECENT DEL SSOAL TIA) ee cere ein rein na ei aiaie wie ere eve athe via eweiaie ae

jt

Fo })

.25

20 29

00

25

320 25

a)

-50

329

-00

79

25

.25

25

PROCEEDINGS Fourth Series

VOLUME V Pages 1-31. I. Report of the President of the Academy for the year 1914, II. Report of the Director of the Museum for the year 1914. (Issued March 26, 19/5)...........

Pages 33-98. III. Fauna of the Type Tejon: Its Relation to the Cowlitz Phase of the Tejon Group of Washington. By Roy E. Dickerson. Plates1-x1. (Issued June 15, 1915)........020000

Pages 99-110. IV. A listof the Amphibians and Reptiles of Utah with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates x1I-xIv. (Dssuede Taine La, VOLS) seas sects ote. sees se eee te Cte:

Pages 111-161. V. Description of a new subgenus (Arborimus) of Phenacomys, with a Contribution to Knowledge of the Habits and Distribution of Phenacomys longicaudus. By Walter P. Taylor. Plate xv. (/ssued December 36, 1915) ......0..05.

Pages 163-193. VI. Tertiary Deposits of Northeastern Mexico. By E. T. Dumble. Plates xviand x1x. (/ssued December 31, 1915).

Pages 195-223. VII. Report of the President of the Academy for

the Year 1915. VIII. Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1915. (/ssued May 4, 1916)...

VOLUME VI

Pages 1-17. I. Eocene of Lower Cowlitz River Valley, Washing- ton. By Charles E. Weaver. Plate 1. (/ssued May 6, 1916). Pages 19-40. II. The Post-Eocene Formations of Western Wash- ington. By Charles E. Weaver. (/ssued May 6, 19/6). Pages 41-52. III. The Oligocene of Kitsap County, Washington. By Charles E. Weaver. (/ssued May 6, 1916). Price for the CHT EPA PENS ereicysterstaterotois steve teats ele se) alec ltatainekeleve te ietaneiatlveceaeeteterecers Pages 53-85. 1V. The Pacific Coast Races of the Bewick Wren. By Harry S. Swarth. Plate 2. (/ssued May &, 19/6) ......... Pages 87-128. V. Monograph of the North American Species of Ortkotylus (Hemiptera). By Edward P. Van Duzee. (/ssued May SA I16) ascicek re ccleaner en een se eet erie eine Pages 129-213. VI. A Catalogue and Host List of the Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris. (/ssued May 12, 1916) ...cccecssssseccaceses Pages 215-221. VII. Four Species of Salamanders new to the State of California, with a Description of Plethodon elongatus, a New Species, and Notes on other Salamanders. By John Van Den- burgh, (Ussvzed May 12; 1916) os s:2,cisiejovie is aievercisin acs eels nisisisisis seve Pages 223-294. VIII. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1916. IX. Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1916. Plates 3-17. (/ssued SUN ZS, ADT) ia siarseiareaie esate’ cio:ai3ss:0i0 ala'0

VOLUME VII

Pages 1-31. I. Archeological Notes on Western Washington and Adjacent British Columbia. By Albert B. Reagan. Plates 1-6. (Issued July, 18 TILT) cninse sve sfatotatieec ore otic oie essioeeee eee

Pages 33-39. II and III. Concerning the Origin of the Soft-shelled Turtle, Aspidonectes californiana Rivers, and Notes on the Herpetology of Guam, Mariana Islands. By John Van Den- burgh: © (Ussued. July 23, 1917) iciosssysssitiete «i ojs'01s asters. sis eis eeyalaie

29

50

25

50 29

30 50

25

20

30

-10

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtTH SERIES

Vou. X, No: 8, pp. 53-70, pls. 4-6 Aueust 11, 1920

VIII

NOTES ON SOME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES

BY: S. STILLMAN BERRY

Gradually accumulating material of the larger land snails of the Californian area enables the recognition, as so notorious in the case of the birds and mammals, of a considerable number of more or less strongly marked geographical races, descrip- tions of some of the more interesting of which are offered herewith. ‘This paper is therefore to be taken as complementary to one published by the same writer in the University of Cali- fornia publications of a few years ago (Berry, :16). Unfor- tunately the earlier paper was not illustrated, as the figures pre- pared for it proved unsatisfactory for reproduction. The op- portunity is now taken, at least in part, to make good the deficiency.

The writer’s thanks are due to the various collectors here- after mentioned who have so generously aided him by supply- ing specimens, as well as to Mr. John Howard Paine for the remarkable photomicrographs which constitute two of the plates.

August 11, 1920

54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Epiphragmophora tudiculata allyniana, new subspecies

(Plate 4, figs. la—Ic)

Diagnosis: Shell moderately thin, low-conic to depressed- globose, strongly umbilicate, the umbilicus narrow and steep- walled, but permeable to the apex and having a diameter of about one-eleventh the major diameter of the shell. Whorls about 6, convex, the last strongly inflated and somewhat de- scending in front. Aperture rounded, ample, and very oblique, its deflection about 40°. Edges of peristome converging and connected by a thin parietal callus. Periostracum quite glossy, but roughened over most of the later whorls by numerous fine incremental lines and a very fine, close malleation like small hammer dents, the latter becoming obsolete on the higher por- tions of the spire and in the immediate vicinity of the umbilicus.

Color a dull cinnamon or Prout’s brown, becoming yellower and paler in the umbilical region, and with a dark liver brown band of a width of about 1.5 mm. on the shoulder, bordered above and below by a light yellowish-brown band of about equal width with the dark band and with its mate opposite, or the lower in come cases a little the wider.

Measurements: Maximum Minimum Altitude Diameter Number of diameter diameter umbilicus whorls mm. mm. min. mm. HVPE cx slnhaenall 32.0 25.5 200 3.0 6 Paratype in C. A. S. Coll, wet 29.4 24.3 19.3 2.6 6% “Smith Coll. 32.3 25.8 18.8 27, 6

“Berry Coll. SMe ASS 2953) 2353 172 727, a smith Coll 26305 21-5 16.6+- 2.7

NOX

Type: Cat. No. 4850, Berry Collection. Paratypes in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences and Cat. No. 1969, collection of A. G. Smith.

Type Locality: Jasper Point, Mariposa County, California ; Allyn G. Smith, May, 1917; five living adults taken.

Vor.X] BERRY—SOME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES 55

Remarks: This large and fine race cannot be confused with any of the described subspecies of tudiculata, unless it be the E. t. umbilicata Pilsbry from San Luis Obispo County. The latter is likewise a relatively depressed, finely malleate, umbili- cate form, but is well distinguished from its Sierran relative by its smaller, less tumid, heavier, and much more solid shell, lighter color, more conspicuous banding, and more polished surface.

Epiphragmophora traskii chrysoderma, new subspecies

(Plate 4, figs. 2a-2c)

Diagnosis: Shell as a whole depressed-conic in outline, moderately thin; whorls convex, the body whorl quite tumid. Umbilicus narrow, deep, little flaring, permeable; contained about eleven times, or a little less, in the diameter of the shell. Aperture only moderately oblique (30°). Peristome little thickened; only slightly reflected except over the umbilicus, the circular outline of which it barely indents; edges connected by a thin callus.

Nuclear whorls worn in type, but in other specimens very finely papillose and radially wrinkled, with obliquely slanting lines of larger, more regular, distant papillae superimposed. Following whorls very finely wrinkly-papillose, usually more or less eroded. Growth lines as a rule comparatively weak, but stronger at sutures and becoming very strong on body of later whorls. Definite spiral sculpture hardly recognizable till latter part of fourth turn, but developing on fifth whorl into a some- what wrinkly system of incised spiral lines visible to the naked eye, though more or less cut up by the intersecting growth lines ; on the body whorl the whole complex strongly developed over its upper portion, becoming gradually weaker, but still very distinct, on the base.

Periostracum very thin, strongly dehiscent and almost impos- sible to preserve in dry specimens; very light golden brown (honey yellow of Ridgway) in color, sometimes showing streaks of a darker hue following the stronger lines of growth, but without any distinct spiral banding or other evident pat- tern. Shell beneath the periostracum pure white.

56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47 Ser.

Measurements: Maximum Minimum Altitude Diameter Number of

diameter diameter umbilicus whorls

mm, mm. min. mm. pe aie eel eet. 2A 200. 16,5 22 Sy? Paratype aoe sci 26:0: 21:3 1o4 24 58/4 Pu atta ier cueney 24.6 20.3 15.7 23 74 Se Nee eoss 22.7 18.7 14.2 2:1 De) s IAVIGTAGE! 2 else .< 24.4 20.7 15.45 2:25 o/s

Type: Cat. No. 4132, Berry Collection. Paratypes in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences and the pri- vate collection of George Willett.

Type Locality: Among loose talus on higher portion of southern end of South Coronado Island, Lower California; George Willett, December 13, 1918; 12 specimens.

Remarks: The Coronado Islands have for long been the re- puted home of a snail belonging to the traskii-group of Ephi- phragmophora which passed for many years as the Helix car- penteri of Newcomb, but Bartsch has lately reminded us that Newcomb’s shell is almost certainly a mainland race of quite different affinities, and has therefore renamed the island sub- species coronadoensis (Bartsch, :16, p. 617), an action with which I am in accord. As there seemed to have been no collec- tions of coronadoensis made within recent years, and the exact island of the group from which it came in the first place is still uncertain, Mr. George Willett took advantage of a brief visit to South Island in December, 1918, to undertake a special search for this snail. At first only the common E. stearnsiana (Gabb) was encountered, but finally in the southern part of the island, he found not only a thriving colony of what I take to be typical coronadoensis, but also a considerable number of speci- mens of the somewhat larger, pale-colored form here described. At the time, although found in a colony of its own, Mr. Willett took the latter to be merely an “albino” mutation of the other. This it may essentially be, but there are grounds, nevertheless, for believing that it represents considerably more than simply a sporadic variant.

Some readers will no doubt recall, as a previous attempt to give systematic recognition to an albinistic variation of one of

Vor.X] BERRY—SOME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES 57

our Californian snails, the ill-fated Helix anachoreta of W. G. Binney. This is now considered by most authors, no doubt correctly, not to represent a fixed race, but to have been based on a chance light-colored variant such as is known to crop out ephemerally now and then in the race history of many diverse groups of organisms. Hence it has never been shown to inhabit any particular region or station, other than that regularly occu- pied by its “normal” prototype, E. nickliniana (Lea), or its occurrence to be any more than sporadic; in other words it does not seem to have become hereditarily persistent anywhere.

With chrysoderma it appears to be quite otherwise. In the first place, this light colored race, so far as the evidence goes, actually does constitute a definite colony in a definite locality and station on the island, as is indicated by “A” in the accom- panying rough sketch received from Mr. Willett, namely among loose talus high on the slopes near the southern end of the island. Typical coronadoensis, 1 understand, was taken more or less sparingly with it, but proved more abundant on grassy slopes lower down and nearer the end of the island, where chrysoderma failed to recur. In the second place, the differ- ences, though by no means great, appear to be fairly constant within the limits of the considerable series of both forms seen, and not confined to the dilution or lack of periostracal coloring alone. A comparison of the two series brings out the following special peculiarities of chrysoderma,—1) the very thin, strongly dehiscent periostracum (an exaggeration of a feature already present in some degree in coronadoensis), 2) the notably larger average size*, 3) the light brownish-golden color of the periostracum, 4) the lack of spiral color bands of any description, and 5) the more tumid outline of the body whorl. Possibly also the umbilicus averages slightly wider. The animal is light bluish gray in color.

Although I have recently described a curious little albinistic Vertigo (Berry, :19, p. 48), it was scarcely expected so soon to encounter another instance of an apparently hereditarily fixed albinism in a West American land snail. Very possibly both instances are more properly called albinoids than true

* The largest of 12 fully matured coronadvensis measures: Maximum diameter 24.1, minimum diameter 20.0, altitude 15.7, diameter of umbilicus 2.1 mm.; whorls 5?/3. The average values of all the dimensions are: Maximum diameter 22.86, minimum diameter 18.95, altitude 14.78, diameter of umbilicus 1.87 mm.; whorls 5.60.

58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

albinos. The true nature of such forms among the Mollusca is not yet well worked out, although in any event they are of con- siderable theoretical interest. Very few races of snails are dis- tinguished by characters of such a nature as to strongly sug- gest their probable origin as sudden breaks or “mutations” of the DeVriesian type in the germ plasm of the ancestral form. But from the evidence at hand it appears quite reasonable to believe that the racial features of these two forms can be so regarded.

Epiphragmophora traskii willetti, new subspecies (Plate 4, figs. 3a-3c)

Diagnosis: Shell depressed-conic, conspicuously umbilicate, the umbilicus deep, permeable to the apex, and having a diame- ter about one-ninth to one-eighth the greater diameter of the shell. Whorls about 6% or a trifle less, convex, the last de- scending somewhat in front. Aperture ample and very oblique (45°). Edges of peristome converging and connected by a very thin, transparent parietal callus. Lip but little thick- ened, everted somewhat throughout, but especially at the pillar where it is sufficiently reflected to indent somewhat the other- wise circular outline of the umbilicus.

Color varying from near Prout’s brown to tawny-olive, be- coming a little paler and yellower in the umbilical region, and with a clear-cut, deep, liver brown band of a width of about 2.2 mm. on the shoulder, bordered below by a light yellowish band (near naphthalene yellow of Ridgway) of about equal width and above by a much narrower, slightly less clear-cut band of the same color.

Periostracum somewhat glossy and with a peculiar sheen. Lines of growth very numerous and quite regular. First half whorl delicately hyaline and nearly smooth except for a few weak incremental waves, with a fine weak papillation sometimes superimposed ; next whorl and a half very finely and closely granose or wrinkly granose, with numerous, large, elongate, rather distantly spaced papilla superimposed, the latter ar- ranged fairly definitely in retractively curved, very obliquely slanting series; papilla on later whorls nearly, or quite, obso- lete ; spiral sculpture consisting of a weakly developed series of

Vor. X] BERRY—SOME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES 59

incised lines, barely to be detected on the third whorl, then gradually increasing in strength to the penultimate whorl, but again becoming very weak on the upper portion of the body whorl, and nearly, though not quite, obsolete below.

Measurements:

Maximum Minimum Altitude Diameter Number of

diameter diameter umbilicus whorls

mm. mm. mm. mm.

WallettiColl: 5.5... 31.6 26.2 18.8 3.8 6'/.

ss a eee 31.4 26.6 19.0 3:7 6'/>2

ne i WR pent 30.3 25a 18.4 3.3 6'/;

* oe NT cn ate 30.1 25.2 18.5 3.8 6'/,

iy Speers Rt cate 29.7 24.5 18.2 3:2 6/5

es Bey Ween ea 29.3 24.2 17.3 3:7 6'/s

ss Wee eee: ys 28.4 23.5 16.1 Sys 6'/2

Berry Coll. 4498... 31.4 26.3 19.1 3.8 6/2

Myers tea cn hase 5 ost OAS IRA” 38 61/.

Berry Coll. 4498... 29.4 24.6 18.0 3:2 6'/s

2 29. 24:3 18:3; 3:2 6'/s

Type: Cat. No. 4497, Berry Collection. Paratypes in pri- vate collection of George Willett.

Type Locality: Alt. 3500 ft., Pine Canyon, Sespe Creek, Ventura County, California; George Willett, March 24, 1919; dead but fresh shells of 10 adults, and 14 juvenals of various stages, both living and dead, found in rock slides. One living and three dead adults taken at same locality in 1916 or 1917.

Remarks: The shell of this beautiful snail is easily the largest, finest, and most richly colored of any of the traski- group. In some respects it reminds one of the large mountain species, petricola, and like it has suffered a considerable reduc- tion in the spiral sculpture usually so characteristic of the snails of this group. Nevertheless I believe its relationships are rather with the true traskii, an opinion which is fortified by the color and general texture of the shell and periostracum, quite different from the light, Sonerella-like gloss of petricola.

The majority of the specimens are in an excellent state of preservation and are remarkably constant in their characters. They appear to represent an unusually well marked race, not especially near to any of the previously described subspecies.

60 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Its chief taxonomic features are the large size, depressed spire, wide umbilicus, weakly developed spiral sculpture (especially on the base), rich brown color, and prominent spiral banding.

Dead shells of what appears to be the same subspecies are before me from Sespe Canyon above the mouth of Tar Creek, collected by Harold Hannibal, and from Matilija Canyon, col- lected by H. N. Lowe, in May, 1919. Both localities are in Ventura County.

Epiphragmophora petricola orotes, new subspecies

(Plate 4, figs. 5a-5d; plate 6)

Diagnosis: Shell thin, translucent, depressed-conic, con- spicuously umbilicate, the umbilicus deep, permeable to the apex, and having a diameter about one-ninth the greater diame- ter of the shell. Whorls about 51%, convex, the last descending somewhat in front. Aperture oval and very oblique (45°). Edges of peristome converging and connected by a thin, very delicate, parietal callus. Lip but little thickened and only very slightly reflected save at the pillar, where it tends to cover the edge of the umbilicus.

Periostracum more or less glossy, often showing quite a high polish. Lines of growth fine and numerous. First half turn weakly radially costate, with a few scattered papillz; next three-fourths of a whorl finely, closely granulose, with fine, weak incremental costations, and, over all, traces of larger papillz; granulation present to some extent on all remaining whorls, but of diminished importance as compared with the suddenly much increased incremental lines and the papillz; latter now seen to be ranked, at least primarily, in the usual obliquely retractively slanting series, almost quincuncially ar- ranged, but the appearance of regularity often lost; maximum development of these papillae attained on the upper surface of the third whorl, still strong on the penultimate whorl, but prac- tically absent from the body whorl except along the suture and within the umbilicus; spiral sculpture very poorly developed, only a few interrupted traces of incised threading being dis- tinguishable on the upper third of the last two whorls, even these becoming entirely obsolete below.

_

Vou. XJ BERRY—SOME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES 61

Color a warm golden brown, running fairly near a tawny- olive, becoming a little paler and yellower on the base, and with a conspicuous dark (liver brown) band of a width of about 1.5 mm. on the shoulder, bordered above and below by a rather narrower band of a few tints lighter than the body of the shell.

Measurements: Maximum Minimum Altitude Diameter Number of diameter diameter umbilicus whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. Smith Coll. (3700 ft.)21.6 17.8 W251 223 5°/3 pe tele eater AZ OK) “ULAR S 2:3 5*/, @haceiGollin. a. e224: 20.5 14.0 an Bons Berry Coll. 3988... .22.1 18.3 12:5 2.4 Ss e io sO ea uence 17.5 A) eae) aye : 2 tie Wag ey 2leO VAZ 11.8 2.4 Se

Type: Cat. No. 3905, Berry Collection.

Type Locality: Altitude 2500 feet, near trail, south fork of Warm Spring Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California ; under logs; Allyn G. Smith, December 26, 1917; one specimen.

Additional Localities: Alt. 3700 feet, near trail just south- east of summit, Warm Spring Canyon, San Bernardino Moun- tains, California; Allyn G. Smith, December 26, 1917; two specimens.

Alt. 6500 feet, west wall of Bridal Veil Falls Canyon near mouth, above Forest Home, San Bernardino Mountains, Cali- fornia, in talus; E. P. Chace, May 24, 1918; nine fully mature living specimens, several dead and young. (No. 3988 above are part of this lot. )

Remarks: This neat little helicoid is practically a miniature race of the large E. petricola Berry (:16, p. 107), with which alone it would seem to require any special comparison. From this it differs not only in its much smaller size, but also in its thinner shell, more polished periostracum, and still further re- duction of the spiral sculpture. It occurs in the same general region of the San Bernardino Mountains as the typical form, but has only been discovered at localities farther into the moun- tains, at all of which it appears relatively constant and quite sharply separable from petricola.

62 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Ser.

For purposes of comparison figures of the shell and micro- scopic sculpturing of the type specimen of petricola are here appended (Plate 4, figs. 4a—4c; plate 5), especially as this species has recently been strangely misunderstood by Bartsch (:16, p. 612), who referred it without qualification to E. traskii traskui (Newcomb). As a matter of fact very few of the numerous races described by him in the same paper have nearly the claim to separate recognition that petricola has, although I believe with him that most of them will stand. E. petricola is in fact the earliest described prototype of a whole series of southern Californian mountain snails, the exact relation of which to true traskii still remains to be determined. FE. zeche Pilsbry (:16), on the other hand, seems quite close to petricola.

Both petricola and orotes are distinctly papillose over much of the upper surface. A very young petricola now at hand from the type locality (Cat. No. 3950, Berry Collection) shows that, when perfect, each papilla bears a minute, stubby, hair-like periostracal process.

Epiphragmophora petricola sangabrielis, new subspecies

(Plate 4, figs. 6a—6c)

Diagnosis: Shell low-conic, thin, fragile, rather tumid, um- bilicate; the umbilicus rather narrow, barely permeable to the apex, and with a diameter about one-twelfth the greater diam- eter of the shell. Whorls 5%, convex, the last swollen and slightly descending in front. Aperture rounded, sometimes slightly flaring, oblique (40°). Edges of peristome slightly converging and connected by a very thin, transparent parietal callus. Lip only slightly thickened; everted near the pillar so as to indent the circular outline of the umbilicus.

Periostracum somewhat glossy, often with a strong satiny sheen or semi-iridescence. Lines of growth numerous and fairly strong, though somewhat irregular. First half whorl when unworn showing rather strong, more or less interrupted, incremental wrinkles, and traces of a strong, coarse, overlying papillation; succeeding turns very finely wrinkly-granulose be- neath the retractively slanting lines of small and at first often nearly obsolete papilla, the latter increasing in strength to the

Vor.X] BERRY—SOME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES 63

penultimate whorl where they are always strongly evident as well as within the umbilicus and to a less degree over the region just behind the aperture on the body whorl; papill elsewhere on the last whorl more weakly developed. Spiral sculpture obsolete, a few weak traces persisting on the upper surface and peripheral region of the body whorl only.

Color light golden brown near buffy citrine, paler and with more of a yellow tone below, with a dark, liver brown band of a width of about 1.0-1.5 mm. on the shoulder, bordered above and below by a rather narrower band slightly lighter in tone than the body of the shell.

Measurements: Maximum Minimum Altitude Diameter Number of diameter diameter umbilicus whorls mm, mm. mm. mm. Mv Pewee venstore es 6 26.3 ZO 5:7, 22 5/2 Paratype, Willett Gollieivccscteiscaes, 306 23.8 19.1 13.8 2 o/s

Type: Cat. No. 4848, Berry Collection. Paratypes in the collection of George Willett. (Neither specimen quite fully mature. )

Type Locality: Monrovia Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains, California; George Willett, March, 1919; 14 specimens, for the most part not quite mature.

Additional Localities: In addition to the lot from which the type was selected, the following specimens before me are pos- sibly referable to the same subspecies. They are at any rate very close, although the material is still inadequate for entire certainty.

Millard’s Canyon, north of Pasadena, San Gabriel Moun- tains, California; E. P. Chace, March 11 and June 3, 1917; one living adult, one living juvenal, seven dead of various ages.

Eaton’s Canyon, north of Pasadena, San Gabriel Mountains, California; E. P. Chace, September 3, 1917; two living adults, six dead of various ages.

West fork San Gabriel River “just below the divide’, San Gabriel Mountains, California; E. P. Chace, September 1, 1918; five dead shells.

64 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Remarks: This mountain race appears to be somewhat similar to Bartsch’s avus in shape, size, and the narrow um- bilicus, but differs in the weak papillation of the upper surface, and the presence of a weak spiral sculpture. From zeche Pils- bry, it is distinguishable by its thinner, more tumid shell, much narrower umbilicus, and the better developed papillation of the upper whorls. None of the other described races appears to require any special comparison.

LITERATURE Bartsch, P. :16. The Californian land shells of the Epiphragmophora traskii group. Proceedings United States National Museum, v. 51, pp. 609-619, pls. 114-117, December, 1916.

Berry, S. S. :16. Three new Helices from California. University California Pub- lications, Zoology, v. 16, pp. 107-111, January 5, 1916. :19. Three new alpine Vertigos from California. Nautilus, v. 33, pp. 48-52, text f. 1-8, October, 1919. Binney, A.

43. Descriptions of two undescribed species of North American Helices. Boston Journal Natural History, v. 4, pp. 360-362, pl. 16, f. 17, pl. 20, 1843.

Newcomb, W.

‘ol. Descriptions of new shells. Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences, v. 2, p. 91, February 4, 1861.

Pilsbry, H. A. :13.. Note on a new variety of Epiphragmophora tudiculata. Nau- tilus, v. 27, pp. 49-50, pl. 3, f. 15-17, August-September, 1913.

:16. A new Californian land snail. Nautilus, v. 29, pp. 104-105, pl. 3, lower figs., January, 1916.

66 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

(Note: Figs. 4a-Sd on Plate IV, and Plates V and VI, are from photographs by John Howard Fain, The remaining figures on Plate IV are from photographs by Berton W. randall.

ExpLaNATION, Plate IV

(All figures natural size.)

Figs. la-le. Epiphragmophora tudiculata allyniana, new subspecies. Anterior, apical, and basal views of type specimen, from Jasper Point, Mariposa County, California.

Figs. 2a-2c. Epiphragmophora traskii chrysoderma, new subspecies. Anterior, apical, and basal views of type specimen, from South Coronado Island, Lower California.

Figs. 3a-3c. Epiphragmophora traskii willetti, new subspecies. Anterior, apical, and basal views of type specimen, from Pine Canyon, Sespe Creek, Ventura County, California.

Figs. 4a-4c. Epiphragmophora petricola Berry. Anterior, apical, and basal views of type specimen, from Mill Creek Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California.

Figs. Sa-Sd. Epiphragmophora petricola orotes, new subspecies. An- terior, apical, basal, and lateral views of type specimen, from Warm Spring Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California.

Figs. 6a-6c. Epiphragmophora petricola sangabrielis, new subspecies. Anterior, apical, and basal views of type specimen, from Monrovia Can- yon, San Gabriel Mountains, California.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. X [ BERRY:] Plate 4

eo

A

68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

ExpLanaTION, PLaTE V

Fig. 1. Epiphragmophora petricola Berry, type. Portion of upper sur- face of last whorl about a quarter of a turn behind the aperture, showing periostracal sculpturing magnified about 15 diameters.

Fig. 2. Epiphragmophora petricola Berry, type. Portion of basal sur- face of last whorl about a quarter of a turn behind the aperture, magnified about 15 diameters.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. X [ BERRY ] Plate 5

70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION, PLate VI

Fig. 1. Epiphragmophora petricola orotes, new subspecies, type. Por- tion of upper surface of last two whorls a short distance behind the aper- ture, magnified about 20 diameters to show the periostracal sculpturing.

Fig. 2. Epiphragmophora petricola orotes, new subspecies, type. Por- tion of basal surface of last whorl just behind the aperture, magnified about 20 diameters.

Fig. 3. Epiphragmophora petricola orotes, new subspecies, type. Por- tion of apical region, magnified about 20 diameters to show the perios- tracal sculpturing.

(All photographs used on this plate reversed.)

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. X [ BERRY] Plate 6

PROCEEDINGS Fourth Series

VOLUME III

Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range of California. By Frank M.Anderson. Plate 1. (/ssued ORNS! (ERA ROB CD EB ACEO OCCCON DRADER OLED ETT e

Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- SOMe gl LsSwed WEcent bers le LIS) on oe sietsiera ask Gib side dls violence recee

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van Denburghs. (Ussued-December ZO 190 2 vc oa vs cae bisscsne ee dees

Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. By Rollo Howard Beck. (/ssued Seplember 17, 1910)....0.4.4.

Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 11-xu1. (ssed ENO vEemtEexr Gul ITM) earsiciete cloiviele Se ida oa aioe Caines bee aie

Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/sswed CUE lhe CRED CA ANCOR GOCTOCC CECCHETTI CTO ne

Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued YORUAT LT: UIDLA na eae aeelo. te wee sane eG Ae Ree eos

Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California. By James Perrin Smith. (/sswed April 5, 79/2)...

Pages 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species of Sala- mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. C. Thompson, U. S. Navy. Plate EKA uCLSSUER LAYS; UL avers eveicvaneiote enlctersiewis; dais ov acateress

Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species of Reptiles and Am- phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. By John Van Denburgh. (J/ssued December 16, 1912.)......4.

Pages 259-264. Notes on Ascaphus, the Discoglossoid Toad of North America. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssved December UL DUCA) S Ma Neprla) oe felke oie ese aot ee ok slo nat lnre sailors Seinaaie ae :

Pages 265-390. A Distributional List of the Mammals of California. By Joseph Grinnell. Plates xv-xvi. (/ssued August 28, 19/3)

Pages 391-454. A List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Arizona, with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates xv1I-

MNVIIT CEssued WVovember 5, LIS), «,« oc: s/aisiajs o0.ve vie vere ale aisle VOLUME IV Pages 1-13. I. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1913. II, George Davidson. (Jsswed April 8, 1914) ......

Pages 15-112. III. Neocene Record in the Temblor Basin, Cali- fornia, and Neocene Deposits of the San Juan District. By Frank M. Anderson and Bruce Martin. Plates1-x. (J/ssued IBYARAAULT OOD KDE MOGO COE GRO OOD od Er OREN e DRDO TE ee se

Pages 113-128. IV. The Fauna of the Siphonalia sutterensis Zone in the Roseburg Quadrangle, Oregon. By Roy E. Dickerson. Plates x1-x11. (/ssued December 30, IQl4) . ccc cc cece cceecccees

Pages 129-152. V. Reptiles and Amphibians of the Islands of the West Coast of North America. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. (Issued December 30, 1914)... 0.0.00 cee eeee

Pages 153-160. VI. The Pocket Gopher of the Boreal Zone on San Jacinto Peak. By J. Grinnell and H. S. Swarth. (Issued December SOA DLA) So eel eee ae Te ee aia a eee

+30

Arf)

225

PROCEEDINGS Fourth Series

VOLUME V

Pages 1-31. 1. Reportof the President of the Academy for the year 1914,

II. Report of the Director of the Museum for the

year 1914. (Issued March 26, 1915)......+++..

Pages 33-98. III. Fauna of the Type Tejon: Its Relation to the

Cowlitz Phase of the Tejon Group of Washington. By Roy E.

Dickerson. Plates1-x1. (Issued June 15, 1915)......0..000005

Pages 99-110. IV. A listof the Amphibians and Reptiles of Utah

with Notes on the Species in the Collection of the Academy.

By John Van Denburgh and Joseph R. Slevin. Plates xu-xIv.

(Zssued Sune dS; BOLD) ccins erciiatorsiste sai Bea cv Seale oy ccsperertese fle ote

Pages 111-161. V. Description of a new subgenus (Arborimus)

of Phenacomys, with a Contribution to Knowledge of the

Habits and Distribution of Phenacomys longicaudus. By Walter

P. Taylor. Plate xv. (lssued December 3b, 1915) ....0.ceeees

Pages 163-193. VI. Tertiary Deposits of Northeastern Mexico. By

E. T. Dumble. Plates xviand x1x. (/sswued December 31, 1915).

Pages 195-223. VII. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1915.

VIII. Report of the Director of the Museum for

the Year 1915. (/ssued May 4, 1916)...

VOLUME VI

Pages 1-17. I. Eocene of Lower Cowlitz River Valley, Washing- ton. By Charles E. Weaver. Plate l. (/sswed May 6, 1916). Pages 19-40. II. The Post-Eocene Formations of Western Wash- ington. By Charles E. Weaver. (/ssued May 6, 19/6). Pages 41-52. III. The Oligocene of Kitsap County, Washington. By Charles E. Weaver. (/sswed May 6, 1916). Price for the dct (om oy: 01} ena OGeC arp COCA SO MbUAS GuOne ATI DADETa sO Oot ode Pages 53-85. IV. The Pacific Coast Races of the Bewick Wren. By Harry S. Swarth. Plate 2. (/ssued May &, 19/6) .......+. Pages 87-128. V. Monograph of the North American Species of Ortkotylus (Hemiptera). By Edward P. Van Duzee. (/ssued TCT he bo) AeA R ET CO RSAT OHTA BOT OAS OH Cn nan HBA SO Caan CC ase Pages 129-213. WI. A Catalogue and Host List of the Anoplura. By G, F. Perris. \(Zsswed. May 12; 1916) soos 0 ss ovo ins sinieisiaiats Pages 215-221. VII. Four Species of Salamanders new to the State of California, with a Description of Plethodon elongatus, a New Species, and Notes on other Salamanders. By John Van Den- burgh. (Zsswed M7 Gy el 2: LILG) fates carats svete ehalol sin) cxatavel ete lcleleveroteielotale Pages 223-294. VIII. Report of the President of the Academy for the Year 1916. IX. Report of the Director of the Museum for the Year 1916. Plates 3-17. (/ssued FUMES, LIL 1 arraroiciete syasaiatatelars aveteretemereiste

VOLUME VII

Pages !-31!. I. Archeological Notes on Western Washington and Adjacent British Columbia. By Albert B. Reagan. Plates 1-6. (Lssed July lS DOLD): 3 ssayavessisciayara-a 0d shoissalepoe ate wave rol shojaisle etelateie oie

Pages 33-39. II and III. Concerning the Origin of the Soft-shelled Turtle, Aspidonectes californiana Rivers, and Notes on the Herpetology of Guam, Mariana Islands. By John Van Den- burgh. ‘Cissaed’ Sealy 25; 0917) 2 io:a.c:s10.0:cvarevs\ssaveisis sts qeisie's/o/elerevels leis «

25

50 50

s2e

-50 Ry)

30 50

29

Ba)

30

10

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

Vo. X, No. 9, pp. 71-75, 1 text figure. December 29, 1920

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF GRASSHOPPER FROM CALIFORNIA

BY

MorcGan HEBARD

In the spring of 1917 (April 22-27), Mr. E. P. Van Duzee, curator of Entomology, Museum California Academy of Sciences, collected at Bryson in Monterey County, California. Among the material taken was a single specimen of grasshop- per, which seemed to represent an undescribed genus and species.

Upon being informed of this fact, Mr. Van Duzee again visited Bryson, May 16-23, 1920, in order to obtain, if possible, additional material of the species. After considerable effort he was able to locate the habitat, and secured three additional specimens, all females.

Esselenia,’ new genus

The present genus shows a combination of characters which makes it most difficult to place. The form of the insect is more robust than that of any other North American Acridid; in fact, it is of a type quite similar to that usual in the Ommexechinz.

The head is as full, with face as perpendicular, as in Stira- pleura, the pronotum showing a generally similar construction of the lateral carine. The lateral foveolz of the vertex are, however, not visible from above, in this feature agreeing with Mesochloa and Phlibostroma, the vertex itself being as broad as in the latter genus and intermediate between them in show- ing a subobsolete medio-longitudinal carinula. The antenne

1 The small Esselenian tribe of Indians once inhabited the region from which this genus is known.

72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH. Serr.

are relatively heavy and flattened, much as in Mesochloa and Cordillacris, though not showing the slightly greater flattening proximad found in those genera.

The pronotum, with caudal portion of disk produced mesad and laterad and margin between concave, is distinctive. In Mesochloa and Psoloessa alone do we find mere traces of con- cavity of the lateral portions of the caudal margin of the pro- notal disk.

The inner spurs of the caudal tibiz are almost equal in length, in this agreeing with Cordillacris, but not as long and slender as in that genus.

The ovipositor valves are very short, as in all the other genera referred to above.

Taking all into consideration, we believe that Esselenia should be placed after Phlibostroma, though further study of the proper order of the related genera may lead to its being placed near Stirapleura. The system generally in use for the linear arrangement of the genera of the Acridine is clearly un- satisfactory, but can not be rectified until extensive studies of the subfamily are made.

GeENnotTyPE.—Esselenia vanduzeei, new species.

Figure 1.—Esselenia vanduszeei, new species. Dorsal view of type. Female. (X 3)

Vor. X] HEBARD—A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF GRASSHOPPER 73

Generic description: Size medium small, form extremely ro- bust for the Acridine. Head large; face vertical; vertex wide, its surface weakly concave and showing a subobsolete medio- longitudinal carinula, its lateral margins slightly raised and carinate; lateral foveole not visible from above; frontal costa decidedly concave throughout between the strong lateral carine. Eye rounded, scarcely deeper than broad, more nearly circular in outline than in Stiraplewra and much less elongate than in any of the other genera here discussed. Antenne short, moderately heavy, flattened. Pronotum with a distinct and percurrent medio-longitudinal carina, cut only by the principal sulcus; disk bounded laterad by distinct but irregular carine which are weakly convex-convergent to first sulcus, thence straight and strongly divergent. Caudal margin of lateral lobes and of each half of disk broadly concave, so that the pronotum is roundly produced at each shoulder and more strongly so mesad on the disk. Tegmina represented by large lateral pads. Ovipositor very short. Interspace between metasternal lobes of female slightly over twice as broad as long. Dorsal surface of caudal tibize with eight to ten spines on external margin. Internal spurs of caudal tibiz heavy, the ventral spur being only slightly longer than the dorsal.

Esselenia vanduzeei, new species

We refer to the figure of this distinctive insect, as we know of no other species showing sufficiently close agreement to enable us to make a brief comparative analysis.

Type: Female, No. 736, Museum California Academy of Sciences; Bryson, Monterey County, California, April 27, 1917; E. P. Van Duzee, collector.

In addition to the characters described in the generic treat- ment, we would note the following: Lateral bounding carine of vertex straight, very narrow and diverging from the sharply rounded apex, forming nearly a right angle, to a point above the lateral ocelli; thence, for an equal distance, straight, broader and moderately converging to the point where they disappear into the rounded occiput.

Cephalic margin of pronotal disk weakly convex, appreciably less than one-half the distance between the extremities of the caudal margin; least width of disk about four-fifths the cephalic width. Surface of pronotal disk weakly tectate, moderately

74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH. Ser.

wrinkled, this decided toward the lateral carinze. Lateral lobes of pronotum with greatest depth equal to dorsal length; cephalic margin weakly convex and scarcely oblique to the ob- tuse-angulate, sharply rounded ventro-cephalic angle, ventral margin broadly convex to the rather broadly rounded, rect- angulate, ventro-caudal angle; caudal margin broadly concave; sulci deeply impressed on lateral lobes.

Tegmina represented by broadly lanceolate pads with rounded apices, which are attingent (or weakly overlap), nearly as long as combined length of head and pronotum. Veins and cross-veinlets of tegmina heavy and distinct, forming a coarse and irregular network, in which, however, the principal veins, and particularly the humeral vein, are clearly defined.

Short ovipositor valves with heavy apices sharply curved. Caudal femora heavy, the ventral and particularly the dorsal portions evenly and broadly lamellate, the lamellation of the dorsal margin being over half as wide as the external pagina.

Measurements (in mallimeters)

Caudal width Length of Width of

Length of Lengthof of pronotal Lengthof Widthof caudal caudal

Female body pronotum disk tegmen tegmen femur femur Type 20.2 Bia) 4.8 8.1 3.8 12. Sn Paratype 22.2 (0 Sins: 8.1 4. 12.1 a9 Paratype 20.2 50 oye 8. 3.8 P17 3.2 Paratype 20.8 ip 4.4 426 4. 11.8 sind)

General coloration (type, intensive) dark chestnut brown. Head paling to hazel on occiput, cheeks tawny, this continued as a U-shaped band from eyes, its lower portion crossing the labrum, frontal costa and ventral portion of infra-ocular sulcus suffused with black. Antennz hazel, deepening to chestnut brown distad. Pronotum with median carina russet, bordered by a band of mars brown, lateral carine buffy tinged with rus- set, this broadening into a band on the metazona, the triangular areas between these and the medio-longitudinal band velvety blackish brown. Lateral lobes of pronotum irregularly paling to tawny meso-proximad and with a buffy callosity mesad which extends as a narrow line ventro-cauded to the caudal margin above the ventro-caudal angle. Tegmina pecan brown, the veins of the dorsal field suffused with black. Ventral sur- face of abdomen argus brown. Cephalic and median limbs hazel, mottled with chestnut brown. Caudal femora light ochraceous-tawny in proximal two-fifths, this terminated in external face of dorsal surface by a large triangular patch of

Vor. X] HEBARD—A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF GRASSHOPPER 15

velvety blackish brown, this surface flecked proximo-dorsad with this color also; remaining distal portions pecan brown, suffused in genicular areas with blackish. Caudal tibiae oppo- site genicular areas of caudal femora black, beyond this show- ing a broad buffy annulus, particularly distinct on the inner surface, remaining portions buckthorn brown, suffused distad with mummy brown; proximal internal spines mummy brown, other spines and spurs buckthorn brown, tipped with mummy brown.

One of the paratypes is similarly colored, except that the general coloration is much paler, walnut brown. Another has the color pattern much more strikingly defined, the blackish areas being as dark, but the medio-longitudinal band of head and pro- notum light ochraceous-tawny, the tegmina ochraceous-tawny except in the sutural half of the dorsal section and the proximal portions of the caudal femora light ochraceous-salmon. The remaining paratype is almost uniformly sayal brown in colora- tion, the dark triangle dorsad on the caudal femora remaining as the only trace of color pattern.

In addition to the type, three female paratypes are before us, bearing the same data, but taken May 18, 1920. One of these is the property of the California Academy of Sciences, the other two are in the author’s collection.

In securing these paratypes, Mr. Van Duzee had some diffi- culty in locating the proper environment in which to search for the species. They were taken in the same canyon as the type, on the grassy or sandy borders of a small mountain stream. At the time there was no running water in the stream, but little pools with level sandy flats between and it was on one of these flats that all were located. The exact spot is in the canyon back of the Bryson school house, about two miles east of the Nacimiento River and the same distance north of the San Luis Obispo County line.

The species probably reaches its greatest adult abundance in the early spring.

We take pleasure in naming this singular species in honor of the ardent student and collector who discovered it and who has subsequently, not without considerable difficulty, secured addi- tional material and valuable data as to the immediate environ- ment in which it occurs.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourtu SERIES

Voi. X, No. 10, pp. 77-117, pls. 7-9 Frsruary 12, 1921

Xx

COLOR CHANGES AND STRUCTURE OF THE SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS

BY CHARLES E. VON GELDERN

The mechanism of the color changes in the lacertilia has been the subject of much investigation, especially in that of the African Chameleon. One need only refer to the works of Briicke, Keller, and Fuchs for historical resumés. Briicke, Pouchet, and Keller have attempted to solve this problem by a close study of the histological structure of the skin and Keller was able to demonstrate clearly the various elements essential for the production of the various color states.

The histological structure of the skin of Anolis has, as far as I have been able to determine, been studied only by Carlton, who attempted to correlate the findings of Keller in the chameleon with those in Anolis.

The Anolis carolinensis, or so-called Florida Chameleon, belongs to the family Iguanide and is in no way related to the true chame- leons. Its habitat is the southeastern part of the United States and Cuba. It may be distinguished from all other North American lizards except the Geckos, according to Ditmars, by the expanded and flattened adhesive pads on the middle four phalanges of each foot.

It is entirely insectivorous, subsisting mainly on flies and meal worms, which it is able to capture with almost unerring accuracy. Water in the form of scattered droplets is lapped by means of its thick tongue and these lizards soon become dehydrated and die if water be not supplied in this form.

A characteristic flattened, semicircular projection of the skin, known as the throat-fan (Ditmars), dewlap or gular appendage

T3 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Serr.

(Gadow), is produced at will in the mid-ventral region of the head and neck. This fan is produced by the hyoidean apparatus. The mechanism of this apparatus consists of a double, tapering car- tilage lying in the mid-ventral line and attached to the body of the hyoid just anterior to a line through the center of the eye. When erected, it carries the loose skin of the cervical region with it.

This throat-fan is, according to Ditmars, purely ornamental and produced only by the males, being accompanied by a vigorous nodding of the head and neck.

It is produced when a male spies a female or when it prepares for combat with another male. When the males are captured and held in the hand, this fan becomes prominent. Often when two males meet, each one will erect a ridge along the mid-dorsal line extending from the base of the occiput to a variable distance along the back. This may be accompanied by a marked lateral com- pression of the thorax and abdomen so that the lateral diameter is smaller than the dorso-ventral, whereas under ordinary condi- tions the reverse is true. The throat-fan is usually very prominent during this state and there is present a characteristic coloration which will be described later.

The Anolis lives well in captivity when supplied with water in the form of scattered droplets and flies or meal worms. It soon becomes apparently very tame and will take insects from the fingers of its captor.

OBSERVATIONS OF COLOR CHANGES IN THE LIVING ANOLIS

A general fact impresses itself after one has captured and observed many of these lizards in captivity, namely, that the range of variation in the color of the skin is by far greater in those animals which have been freshly captured. After a few weeks of captivity, although seemingly in perfect health, the color changes become less complicated and less brilliant. This observation may tend to explain the differences noted by different observers as to the color changes. Ditmars states that the color varies from different shades of brown to emerald green and that although these are the common hues of Anolis, other hues are striking, namely, golden yellow and slaty gray with the peppering of white spots over the back. These colors he believes occur during the transition from the two extremes, namely, brown and green. Carlton states that

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 79

he has never seen any changes other than the different shades of brown to emerald green and bases his assumption that the color changes are much more simple in Anolis than in the true chameleon, on the observations of Lockwood.

To those observing these lizards in their natural environment, it is evident that the variation is not so simple as has just been noted. A slaty gray with no element of brown or green is of fairly common occurrence, as is also straw yellow.

Furthermore over certain areas of the body the colors undergo even a greater variation than is ascribed to them by Ditmars. Over the mid-dorsal region, for instance, there is present in many of these lizards a narrow stripe of two or three millimeters in width, extending from the cervical region to the sacrum or even along the tail for a variable distance, in which further variations may be noted. That this stripe varies in different individuals is probable, and it may even be absent. Nevertheless, it is so char- acteristic of many specimens that a description of its changes should not be neglected. A bright pink color is often present along the stripe which may become darker until it assumes a brick-red color conveying the impression that there is placed there a thick pigment which does not belong to the skin. This stripe may also show a cream color or white, containing a faint suggestion of yellow or brown. This light color is most often observed in those lizards which have assumed the brown hue else- where on the body.

When the mid-dorsal stripe assumes either a pink or a white stripe it is irregular at the edges and these irregular edges are dark brown. A less irregular, black stripe is often observed in the green state.

I have been unable to discover any rule for the appearance of the dorsal stripe in its various states. It may be present or absent, brick-red, pink, white, or black in different lizards living under the same conditions, nor does the color state of the rest of the body influence the appearance to any extent. I believe that this stripe may appear at some time in all the animals in which it is absent, but that its appearance entails considerable change in the structure of the skin so that its production must necessarily be a slow one.

On the sides of the maxilla, posterior to the eye there may be present a black, quadrangular patch, measuring in large males about two by three millimeters. When present, this patch is of shiny black appearance and differs markedly from the rest of the

80 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

body even in the dark brown state. This patch appears during the time when two males are preparing for combat and is asso- ciated with the appearance of the mid-dorsal ridge, the lateral flattening of the abdomen and thorax, the extension of the legs so that the body is raised off the ground, and by a peculiar greenish mottling of the skin. The altered appearance of this animal pre- paring for combat, in color, form and action, shows such marked changes, that it is difficult to associate it with the animal under ordinary conditions. Even the eyes, which ordinarily are fairly prominent, recede so that the palpebral fissures show only the pupils. The movements are slow and awkward and the body may sway from side to side in a most fantastic manner.

In general, the peppering of white spots on the dorso-lateral aspect of the body is characteristic, especially during the brown state, and these spots may be confluent on the lateral aspect of the cervical region. The lower border of the maxilla, the entire man- dible, and the ventral aspect of the entire body varies from a snowy white to dirty brown, gray, or peppered with black dots. The throat-fan when extended is a brilliant pink or vermilion and over it are scattered many white spots. When relaxed, the skin of the throat region is somewhat cream colored or white with reddish streaks at times.

The following table indicates the various colors noted in different specimens at the same time and in the same specimen at different times:

TABLE SHOWING RANGE OF CoLors IN VARIOUS AREAS OF THE Bopy

I Dorso-lateral aspect: A Diffuse:— a. Golden yellow to straw yellow. b. Emerald green to dirty bluish green. c. Slaty gray of various shades. d. Light brown to dark mahogany brown.

B Mottled:— a. Yellow with irregular patches of green. b. Yellow with irregular patches of brown. c. Emerald green or pea green with irregular areas of darker green to brown. d. Green or brown (usually the latter) peppered with white or light turquoise blue spots.

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 81

II Mid-dorsal stripe:

Pink with irregular brownish border.

Brick-red with irregular brownish border.

White or cream color with irregular brownish border. Black with fairly regular border.

Brown or green matching surrounding skin.

SESS

III Post-orbital patch: a. Black. b. Various shades matching the rest of the body.

IV Ventral surface of the body: a. White. b. White with scattered black spots. c. Dirty brown or gray.

On comparing this table with that of Briicke for Chameleon vul- garis, one notices certain differences. For instance, pale flesh colors, lilac gray, steel blue and purple are not present in Anolis, but the greater simplicity which Carlton would attribute to the latter is questionable. Undoubtedly differences exist but the changes must be just as complicated in one as in the other.

CAUSES OF COLOR CHANGES

The most evident general factors influencing the color states are light, absence of light, temperature, and various external stimuli.

Carlton found that with few exceptions the brown state was brought about from the green state in four minutes by exposure to sunlight. Absence of light changed the brown to green in twenty- five minutes. With specially constructed containers, he found that, with few exceptions, if part of the body of a green lizard, either head or body, be exposed to direct sunlight, while the rest remained in the dark, the entire body became brown.

Carlton concludes that there are nerve terminals in the skin which are directly sensitive to light and which, when stimulated in one area, send impulses which reach the efferent nerve endings of the skin over the entire body. Spinal cord section in no way changed the results, indicating that the action is either wholly reflex in character, or that spinal nerves do not necessarily influence the changes. Carlton was able to induce the green state by in- jections of .oo1% nicotin solution in small quantities and this change from brown to green was brought about in one minute. This suggested to him that this change is under the control of the sympathetic nerves.

82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

He also found that the green state could be produced in three ways, namely, by subjecting the animals to the absence of light, by inhibiting the blood circulation, and by cutting off the nerve supply.

Inhibiting the circulation, he found, was a more important factor than cutting off the nerve supply, in that it brought about more rapidly the green state and, furthermore, when both factors acted simultaneously, still greater rapidity in change occurred than when either one acted alone.

Carlton believes that the green state represents the unstimulated state of the skin, which is suggested by the fact that ether narcosis, nicotin poisoning, and death are associated with the green state. The brown state, he believes, is brought about by stimulation of the nerve endings and represents ‘‘the state maintained through tonus established by the sympathetic nerves and dependent upon stimulation of the nervous end organs in the skin by light.”

Parker and Starratt, repeating Carlton’s experiments on the rapidity of change from one color state to another, obtained results that were not uniform and found that changes would occur more rapidly on one day than on another and even at different times during the same day.

By means of a constant temperature apparatus which could be illuminated at 115 candle-meters and at the same time brought from 10°C. to 50°C., they found the average length of time at various temperatures at which either the brown or green state could be produced from the opposite color state. They found that at 10°C., the skin remained brown in either light or dark, but as the temperature was raised to 20°C., the animals placed in the dark became green in 19.66 minutes. At 25°C., under the same conditions, the change took place in 13.23 minutes; at 30°C., it took 10.93 minutes; at 35°C., 15.48 minutes. At 40°C. to 45°C., the skin remained greenish gray to green in both light and darkness.

On the other hand, when green lizards were placed in the light at 20°C., the brown state was brought about in 4.23 minutes; at 25°C., 3.52 minutes; at 30°C., 3.13 minutes, and at 35°C., 2.8 minutes.

These investigators believe that at intermediate temperatures, namely, between 20°C. and 35°C., light is the controlling factor but that temperature is effective over this range is evident in that it may influence the rate of change.

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 83

Parker, in experimenting with Phrynosoma regale, found that the claw-like scales which fringe the lateral edge of the body be- came white when the animal was subjected to a temperature of 32°C. and placed in the dark, and when placed in the light these claw-like scales became almost black. At 19°C., these scales became black in 15 minutes when the animal was placed in the light, and they became white in 30 minutes in the dark. At 15°C. light again caused black, while darkness brought about a light color, but not white. From these results he concluded that a low temperature favored the production of the black state, whereas a higher temperature, the white state. Thus light produces in this animal, as in Anolis, a dark state, while its absence brings about the light state.

Parker further believes that even in Stellio, Uromastix, and Veranus, which have always been considered to have a reversal of the light reaction, in that light causes just the reverse effect as in Anolis, namely, the production of light coloration in the light and dark coloration in the dark, that the apparent reversal is really a temperature effect and not a true reversal of the effect of light.

Parker and Starratt mention the observations of Doctor Caswell Graves who stated that in the neighborhood of Beaufort, N. C., on hot, sunny days about as many green lizards as brown ones may be captured. These results are explained by Parker and Starratt by considering that some of the animals are more sensitive to light than to heat and thus become brown, while others are more sensitive to heat than to light and become green.

I do not believe that this explanation suffices, for if one notices individual lizards for a considerable length of time, one is struck by the frequent and rapid changes from green to brown and back again to green, apparently regardless of temperature and light. How much influence the otherwise varying nervous conditions exert on these color changes, it is difficult to say for it would seem almost impossible to control them. I have watched animals which were sunning themselves and apparently undisturbed and quiet undergo these changes in a rhythmic manner. Rapid changes are also frequently noticed when an Anolis changes slowly from one object to another, the change occurring while the transfer is being made.

Redfield, after numerous carefully checked experiments on Phrynosoma cornutum, was able to verify the conclusions of Parker,

84 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Carlton, Starratt, and others that the daily rhythmic changes of color are produced by the direct action of light and heat upon the melanaphores. He further states that Phrynosoma adapts itself to its surroundings, namely, if placed on a substratum of white sand it slowly assumes a light coloration irrespective of light or heat and if placed on a substratum of cinders it slowly takes on a dark coloration. He concludes that the color adaptation depends upon stimuli received through the eyes.

He was able to bring about a pale coloration in various ways, such as forcibly opening the mouth or by the application of a weak faradic current to the mucous membranes of the mouth or cloaca. He believes that this proximal migration of the pigment may be brought about in two ways, namely, by nervous impulses which stimulate the melanophores through the sympathetic nervous system or by secretion of a hormone (adrenin) from the adrenals. The impulses are carried from the mouth or cloaca along the spinal cord to a center situated between eighth and thirteenth vertebre and thence by sympathetic fibres to the adrenals. The stimulated glands secrete adrenin which is taken up by the blood stream and acts directly on the melanophores causing a proximal migration of the pigment.

Redfield concludes from the fact that adrenalin produces proximal migration of the pigment in Anolis and from the work of Carlton, that impulses through the autonomic nervous system cause a distal migration of the pigment, that the melanophores of Anolis must possess a double innervation from two divisions of the autonemic nervous system. That this is possible he shows by analogous tissue, namely, the smooth muscle, the latter one ‘known to be innervated by antagonistic fibres belonging to two morpho- logically distinct parts of the autonomic nervous system.”

The explanation for emotional manifestations in Phrynosoma, Anolis and other animals is readily explained by his conclusions regarding the secretion of adrenin.

When first placed in captivity the brown and green lizards in the same cage are about equally divided, but after remaining in captivity for a few weeks the greater proportion become brown in the daylight and the green produced by the absence of light has lost its former brilliance.

Much has been written about the true chameleon and its adap- tation of color to its surroundings. Keller found, after placing speci- mens of Chameleon vulgaris in a green house, that in a short space

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 85

of time he was able to find them only after a most careful search, in spite of the fact that when found they were often in plain view. However, he does not believe that the surrounding color plays any role but that other factors, which he did not attempt to explain, bring about these changes. Ditmars states that there is no rela- tion between the color of Anolis and its surroundings.

One must have great temerity to deny such a statement, but I have noted adaptations to the surroundings in Anolis which seem to be more than accidental. For instance, I have noticed that on dark brown fence rails which contained small areas of green lichen, some of the lizards resting on them assume a dark brown color with irregular patches of brilliant green. In other words, a mixed state is often evident and the effect produced resembles fairly closely the surroundings. Almost invariably the lizards seen on the trunks of the palm trees in New Orleans are brown and are often detected with great difficulty.

The table below represents the findings on May 16, 1917, from 11.30 A. M. to 1.45 P. M., during which time the temperature was 25.5°C. The environment is stated, as well as the number of lizards noted thereon, and the intensity of their color state. G repre- sents green and B brown. Thesign +-+-+ represents the greatest intensity of either green or brown, namely, either emerald green or mahogany brown, ++ represents a less intense color but still quite marked, while + indicates the least degree of intensity but one in which one is able to definitely state the color as being either green or brown.

TABLE 2 Number of green lizards Total G G G G +++ ++ +

Greemthola gers mrs cytes clekatsceystereisalce rons 0 2 6 8 Darlkzigreen foliage.) \. ers crsjoie cic eho ecsasve ti 0 1 2 GWOnGr ete revere te pateteteial ha tctesererorelel sueievcte 2 0 a 3 Brown ‘tree traalews ic, iets store iversoysie ss 6 0 0 2 2 Hencelratl eccrine yao eisoieste einete 2 3 6 11 Motels ier, sia eve ropsierctaysheeretonsrerter cher taks 5 5 16 26

86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Number of brown lizards Total Total

B B B B G&B +++ 44+ + Green foliage. ccs ces.ss00 0 0 0 0 8 Dark green foliage.......... i 1 0 2 4 Goncreters Seccce O5, -tarane srohenetaes 1 2, 0 3 6 Brown tree trunk........... 0 1 0 1 3 Pence rad sco cyexgec terse: syozs <i 1 3 7 11 22 Motalsicncanmnes terse «sce 3 7 7 17 43

Except the lizards seen on green foliage, the number of green animals equals the brown ones. No brown ones were noted on green foliage but the observations here recorded are by far too limited to permit definite conclusions to be drawn. There was some difficulty in deciding whether an animal resting on a brown fence rail amid a mass of green foliage should be classed as one resting on a fence rail or on green foliage, but it was decided to place these with the former.

One is justified, however, in drawing one conclusion from the table, namely, that under approximately the same conditions of temperature and light both green and brown lizards may be found and, even on sunshiny days with a moderate temperature, the green ones may even outnumber the brown ones. According to Parker, brown should be the prevailing color. It does not appear that in their natural environment the reason for the greater num- ber of green lizards can be accounted for on the ground that these animals reacted more strongly to temperature than to light.

According to Parker and Starratt, the Anolis remains brown at 10°C. and remains green at 40°C., regardless of light. One would expect then, that at a temperature of 25.5°C., if there were a greater susceptibility to temperature, the brown state would prevail for at this temperature there is active both the light and medium temperature influence.

Evidently a factor which is of extreme importance in influencing the color state is the emotional or nervous condition which can not be easily controlled. The effect of the organs of internal secretion which are under the control, directly or indirectly, of the nervous system probably also influences the color states.

Ditmars states that the sleeping Anolis is invariably green and that the same color is present during anger or fear. He states that if a cage containing a number of these lizards be shaken, all

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 87

take on the green state, but after allowing them to rest for a short time, most of them assume the brown state. I have found this to be true in general. Also, if a brown Anolis is taken out of its cage and held in the hand it becomes green in a few minutes. This characteristic change occurs quickly even in animals which have been kept in captivity for a number of weeks and have apparently become tame.

It is evident that various factors influence color states and the problem becomes even more complex when one considers that certain areas of the skin may be light colored, as in the case of the mid-dorsal stripe, while the rest of the skin may be dark. One must admit that the skin is influenced by three factors, tem- perature, light and emotional or nervous conditions, induced, no doubt, by way of sense organ stimuli. Yet we get opposite effects in two areas of the skin of the same animal. One would hardly expect light and temperature to have a selective action on the skin.

STRUCTURE OF THE SKIN OF ANOLIS

The chief object of this paper is to present a review of the his- tological structure of the skin of Anolis and to add some observa- tions with the hope that the further investigation of the color changes may be enhanced and some of the factors governing the color states explained. It is not claimed that a knowledge of the minute structures and their relations will offer a full explanation of these changes, but without such a knowledge, physiological experiments must fail to accomplish this end. It is only by keeping in mind the structure of the skin that the actual processes involved may be surmized and physiological data be applied in actual explanation of the problems.

The skin of Anolis is comparatively thin and loosely attached except at the sides and dorsum of the head and tail. On closer observation it is seen that it is not smooth but is thickly studded with small, closely-packed scales which vary in shape, color, and size in different parts of the body. These small scales, designated as scutes by Carlton, are smooth and shiny.

The scales situated along the mid-dorsal line are irregular in shape and size with slight tendency toward a hexagonal outline (Fig. r). They are well separated and measure 0.29 mm. length- wise to the body and 0.305 mm. in the transverse direction. A thickened, linear, longitudinal keel may be present in the mid-line of the scale. The scales on the dorso-lateral aspect of the body are

88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

less irregular than those along the mid-dorsal line and none shows overlapping. They measure 0.248 mm. x 0.265 mm. (Fig. 2). Those scales on the lateral aspect of the body are almost circular in outline and are arranged in two rows, vertical and horizontal, the intersection of the two rows making an angle of about 58°, and they measure 0.255 mm. x 0.248 mm. (Fig. 3).

The scales on the ventral aspect are larger and more closely arranged, the caudal edge of each scale overlapping slightly the cephalic end of the scale just behind it. The outline of the scale is somewhat oval or circular and there is present a horny ridge or keel extending down the middle which becomes more prominent as the caudal border is approached. The scales of the region measure 0.35 mm. x 0.36 mm. (Fig. 4).

The scales on the tail differ markedly from those previously described. They are hexagonal in outline and closely packed and overlap each other to a greater extent than those on the ventral surface. There is present a median ridge and the surfaces on either side slope away from it. These scales measure 0.45 mm. x 0.27 mm. (Fig. 5).

The dorsal aspect of the headismadeup of bilaterally symmetrical plates of a more or less hexagonal form. Just posterior to the inter- section of the mid-dorsal line and the posterior edge of the orbital ridge is a marked pineal eye. The scales on the distended throat- fan are widely separated and are flattened and somewhat conical inshape. Those of the eyelids are so minute as to be barely visible.

The color of the individual scales is the same as that described for the various areas of the body. When a general color state is assumed, for instance brown, isolated scales may be white, tur- quoise blue, lighter or darker brown than the general hue, or even green.

Some extremely interesting features are noted in scales on the various parts of the body when observed under the low power of the microscope, by reflected and by transmitted light. The char- acteristics exhibited by the scales present points of similarity, but also some very marked differences. For these observations bits of fresh skin were taken from different parts of the body and mounted in glycerin and the appearance of the scales was studied both from the external surface and from the internal surface.

The external surface of the lateral scales appears yellow by transmitted light. Scattered evenly throughout are somewhat indistinct, pale brown, stellate-shaped bodies, the melanophores,

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 89

which average about fifty in number for each scale. The spaces between the scales are transparent and contain many branching pigment cells (Fig. 6 A). By reflected light these scales appear emerald green and the interspaces black (Fig. 6 B). The internal surface appears blue by reflected light and the branching melano- phores appear distinct and dark brown or black (Fig. 6 C).

The external surface of the scales of the ventral surface appears a pale straw color by transmitted light and contains isolated indis- tinct pale brown melanophores of from four to twelve in number. The branches of these melanophores become darker near their termination (Fig. 7 A). By reflected light the scales appear some- what as inverted glass cups containing crushed ice and the melano- phores are cobalt blue except at the termination of their branches which are brown (Fig. 7 B). The internal surface by transmitted light appears a pale straw color and the melanophores are distinct and black (Fig. 7 C).

The scales along the mid-dorsal stripe differ from those just described in that, irrespective of other colors, they have a peculiar pinkish cast while the melanophores are much fewer in number in many scales and lighter in color than those previously described.

The scales of the throat-fan are pale straw color by reflected light and show the blue appearing melanophores. The wide spaces between the scales present many bright red linear streaks of varying sizes which branch and anastomose. The underlying color is pink and of granular appearance. By transmitted light the melanophores appear brown and more distinct and the spaces between the scales take on an orange color. Injections of india ink into the circulation would tend to show that the pink color is not entirely due to the vascularity of this structure but to some other coloring matter present.

It would appear from the differences noted by reflected and transmitted light that the melanophores are separated from the surface of the scale by some substance which gives them a bluish cast by reflected light and pale brown by transmitted light. That they themselves are black is evident by viewing them from the internal surface of the scale where they present a sharp clear out- line (Fig. 6 A, B and C). In order to explain the green color of the scales of the lateral aspect of the body it is necessary to eliminate the yellow coloring matter which is noted by transmitted light. This may easily be accomplished by subjecting the skin to alcohol and ether in which this yellow substance readily dissolves. When

90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

the scales are now viewed externally by reflected light, they no longer have the green appearance, but appear deep blue just as do the previously described scales viewed from the internal surface by reflected light (Fig. 6 C). The melanophores, however, are blue and indistinct, indicating, as was later found, that a semi- transparent reflecting layer exists between them and the surface and that this layer is evidently not affected by ether or alcohol.

The explanation for the green color is now quite apparent, for blue rays are reflected and these in passing through a clear yellow medium present to the eye the green color.

The semi-transparent reflecting layer lying between the melano- phores and the external surface reflects bluish-white light as is evident in those scales in which little or no coloring matter exists and in which the melanophores are sufficiently separated so as not to influence the reflected light to any extent. This is true of the scales on the ventral aspect of the body, in individual lateral scales, and the white ones often found along the mid-dorsal line.

HisToLoGy

That the tissue relationship of the skin might be more carefully analyzed with the purpose of attempting an explanation for the changes of color, a number of lizards in various color states were killed and segments of the body fixed in different fluids. It was found that segments placed for about six weeks in a fluid consisting of 3.5% potassium bichromate roo parts, formalin 4 parts, and glacial acetic acid 5 parts, gave the best results. Tissue fixed in this fluid maintained the cellular relationship and the osseous structures were sufficiently decalcified so that entire sections of the body could be made.

Formalin was found to act too slowly with segments of the body. Lizards in the green state became brown during its action. It was possible, however, to overcome this difficulty by injecting formalin quickly with a hypodermic needle under the green skin, thus obtaining almost immediate contact of the fluid with the entire internal surface of the skin. This method has a distinct advantage in that the animals may be studied on the table for a considerable length of time after fixation and the color state carefully recorded. Unfortunately, however, after a longer time the green color be- comes changed to a slaty gray after the use of formalin, due most probably to a change in the yellow coloring matter. Removing the skin and washing it in water soon after fixing prevents this

Vor. XJ VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS ol

bleaching and bits of skin may then be held between pieces of hard- ened celloidin and sectioned. The solubility of the yellow sub- stance forbids imbedding in either celloidin or paraffin. These sections should then be mounted in glycerine.

For examination of the cellular elements, tissues imbedded in both celloidin and paraffin were sectioned at 15 microns and stained with haematoxylin and eosin. Frozen sections treated with gold chloride for the purpose of showing the nerve endings have, so far, not been successful.

In order that the histological picture be made as complete as possible, the elements of a single lateral scale will be described (Figs. 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14). Where differences exist in the scales of other parts of the skin these will be mentioned. The layers comprising the scale will be taken up in their order, beginning from without inward.

Epidermis—The outermost, transparent layer or epidermis may be divided into an outer, horny layer or stratum corneum and an inner, stratum germinativum. The epidermis is consider- ably thicker near the summit of the scale than at the periphery where it becomes continuous with the thin epidermis of the space between the scales.

The stratum corneum may usually be divided into two layers, an outer one which is separated by an interspace from an inner. This outer layer represents that portion which is ready to be cast off in moulting (Figs. 8 and 12). The inner layer does not stain with eosin, being straw-colored. The squamous cells may show clear, non-staining, round bodies, representing the degenerated nuclei. The layer undergoes marked keratinization at the apex of the scale with the formation of a homogeneous, horny ridge or keel. This thickening is more marked in the scales on the ventral aspect and those along the mid-dorsal line. Keratinization of the other cells of the stratum corneum, other than in the keel, is not so marked and, due to the dehydrating effect of the air, become fairly well separated so that their outlines may be distinguished (Fig. 8).

Briicke has described “interference cells” in the outer layer of the stratum corneum in Chameleon vulgaris. These cells, he be- lieves, modify the color of the skin by reflected light to a very marked extent.

Keller believes that the outer cells of the outer layer of the stratum corneum contain minute closely placed columns arranged at right angles to the surface of the cell. He calls this outer layer

92 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

the ‘Relief Schicht,”’ and the inner surface of this outer layer the “Negative Relief Schicht.” The latter presents the negative picture of the former in that instead of minute columns there are toothlike incisions corresponding to the columns of the ‘Relief Schicht.”” The layer between these two he terms the stratum corneum. He further claims that the outer cells of the inner layer of the stratum corneum are similar to those of the outer layer and terms them the ‘Second Relief Schicht.” He believes that separation occurs along a line corresponding to the boundary between the “Negative Relief Schicht’’ and the second ‘Relief Schicht”’ and that when the outer layer is cast off the second “Relief Schicht’’ becomes the first and then a second line of cleavage occurs making a second ‘Relief Schicht”’ and a ‘‘Negative Relief Schicht.’’ This cleavage goes on at regular intervals. He found that the fine column-like structures of the cells were very much more pronounced in the foot pads and at the apices of the scales.

In Anolis the first or outer ‘‘Relief Schicht”’ of Keller is very prominent on the under surface of the adhesive pads of the second phalanges. The second “Relief Schicht’’ is also present when the outer layer of the stratum corneum is well separated from the inner layer, but no ‘“‘Negative Relief Schicht’’ was noted. On the outer cells of the outer layer of the stratum corneum of the scales of the general body, occasionally minute spicules resembling short cilia may be seen in stained preparations but such occurrence seemed very rare. In dried scrapings, the outer cells seen on the flat contain numerous dots giving them a stippled appearance when examined with the high dry or oil immersion lens. These probably represent the spicules that Keller has described for the chameleon. (See Fig. 9.)

The stratum germinativum takes the haematoxylin and eosin well. The cells are polygonal with fairly large vesicular nuclei. In the scales this layer is from two to three cells thick but in the epidermis between the scales it is at most only two cells thick. The basal layer is composed of cuboidal and columnar cells with large vesicular nuclei. Their proximal borders, attached to an ill- defined basement membrane, are frayed and brush-like (Fig. 8).

That the epidermis, through phenomena of interference, exerts some modifying influence on the color of the skin in Anolis is with- out doubt, but that it plays the important role which Briicke ascribes to it for the chameleon is doubtful. Keller, in fact, dis- agrees with Briicke as to the importance of this layer even in the

Vou. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 93

chameleon. The small, transparent spicules in the outer layer possibly cause some diffraction of light but this must be slight for the underlying cellular outlines are markedly clear when viewed through the epidermis.

The Oil Droplet Layer —A considerable amount of confusion exists in regard to the layer underlying the epidermis. Keller has described a layer in the chameleon which he designates the ochrophore layer. He does not believe that it is cellular for the elements composing it have no nuclei, but he believes that it is made up of bits of cytoplasm cast off from an underlying layer of cells which he terms the leucophore layer. This ochrophore layer is found on the dorso-lateral aspect of the body but is almost entirely absent on the ventral aspect and entirely so on the foot- pads and spaces between the scales. Keller found that the ele- ments of the layer were brownish yellow by transmitted light and a bluish white by reflected light, had a granular appearance, and that they disappeared under the influence of mineral acids. He described these elements as more or less spindle shaped and verti- cally arranged, the ends in contact with the epidermis being more pointed than those of the opposite end. The elements farther removed from the epidermis had both ends rounded.

Pouchet called this layer ‘“‘Iridocytes’’ and believed the ele- ments to be cells although he could not make out the cellular structure.

In Anolis, Carlton describes what he believes to be the ochro- phore layer of Keller. He admits that its structure is not similar to that found in the chameleon. I do not believe that Carlton saw a layer corresponding to that in the chameleon, but that he described the leucophore layer which he mistook for the ochrophore layer. I will take up my reasons for this assumption in the dis- cussion of the leucophore layer.

In sections stained with haematoxylin and eosin, I was unable to make out any layer corresponding in either position, structure, or color to the ochrophore layer. In certain scales, more often those situated along the mid-dorsal line, a clear space or a space filled with large clear cells with large vesicular nuclei could be noted where the ochrophore layer should lie. Knowing that it was possible to dissolve out the yellow coloring matter in the scales with alcohol and ether, it did not seem improbable that in the preparation of the stained sections practically all trace of this layer had been lost.

94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 47H Ser.

For this reason formalin fixed skin was sectioned between blocks of celloidin very soon after fixing and then mounted in glycerine. In these sections, there is situated just beneath the epidermis a thin layer made up of bright yellow droplets of varying sizes (Fig. 10). These droplets appear beautifully refractive, do not contain any granular material, nor are they arranged like the elements in the ochrophore layer of Keller. Some of these drop- lets may even be found at times between the basal cells of the epidermis where they have probably migrated.

By transmitted light this layer of droplets appears bright yellow (Fig. 10 A), while by reflected light it disappears almost entirely, in other words it does not reflect light to any marked extent (Fig. ro B). In this respect it differs from the ochrophore layer of Keller, which its describer found to be bluish white by reflected light.

The sections treated with Scharlach R caused this layer to be- come brownish red, indicating that the droplets composing it are lipochromes.

This layer of oil droplets is practically absent on the ventral surface of the body and entirely so on the adhesive pads of the feet. To what extent it is present along the mid-dorsal stripe, I am unwilling to say. That it occurs here in individual lizards to the same extent as on the lateral scales is true; but whether it is greatly diminished in those lizards showing a white dorsal stripe, or whether it is present to the same extent but can be displaced to the periphery of the scale by a special mechanism and there does not effect the color, it is difficult to say. Keller believes that this layer can be removed from the field of action by special cells.

One may conclude, then, that beneath the epidermis of the dorso-lateral scales there is a thin layer made up of transparent yellow oil droplets and that this disappears in stained preparations due to its solubility in alcohol, ether and clearing oils.

Zanthophores.—Lying just beneath the epidermis of the lat- eral aspect of the body and in the oil droplet layer, are cells of varying sizes. The larger cells have a clear, round, un- stained cytoplasm in the sections stained with haematoxylin and eosin. The nuclei are large and vesicular and the chromatic ele- ments stain deeply (Figs. 11 and 14). The number of these cells varies in the scales of the different parts of the body, being prob- ably more numerous along the mid-dorsal stripe. In fresh speci- mens it was practically impossible to distinguish them with accu-

Vou. XJ VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 95

racy. These cells were not described by Carlton, but Keller has described similar cells for the chameleon and named them zan- thophores, and Pouchet also described similar cells for the chame- leon and believed that they contained fat droplets of 2.5 microns. He believed these cells to be analogous to the yellow cells of batra- chians and that they possessed the power of contractility. Keller also believed that they could expand or contract for he found them varying markedly in size. Doctor Irving Hardesty suggests that these cells secrete or control the accumulation of the oil droplet layer described above.

If Keller and Pouchet be correct in their assumption that these large clear cells may expand, one might reason that during this state they practically fill the entire space between the epidermis and the underlying layer and force the yellow droplet layer towards the periphery of the scale so that it no longer influences the color states.

For reasons which will be taken up later, I believe that the mechanism is not quite as Keller would have one believe, although undoubtedly these cells are more numerous and almost replace the oil droplet layer in the white scales of the mid-dorsal stripe. If these large, spherical cells in Anolis are the zanthophores of Keller, and they resemble very closely those he figures and de- scribes, Carlton is wrong in stating that these cells do not exist in Anolis.

The Leucophore or Guanophore Layer.—The layer lying just be- neath the layer of oil droplets presents very marked differences from any of the structures previously described. In vertically sectioned scales, stained with haematoxylin and eosin, it is seen that this layer is thicker near the center of the scale and then gradually thins out until it disappears at the periphery. The layer forms then an inverted cup which thins out at the edges and fits into the hollow epidermal scale but does not come in immediate contact with it because of the intervening oil droplet layer. It is present in all the scales of the skin including those of the ventral aspect of the body (Figs. 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, r4and17). By reflected light it appears as a homogeneous bluish-white band (Fig. 10 B), and this appearance is not lost in those sections fixed in the fluid mentioned and stained with haematoxylin and eosin. Bits of the layer may be found isolated in the deeper fibrous layer, recogniz- able by the bluish-white color.

6 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

By allowing a minimal amount of light to come through the condenser of the microscope, the layer has a most brilliant opales- cent appearance. In unstained, freshly fixed formalin sections, by transmitted light, it has a pale brownish appearance (Fig. 1o A), but in stained sections it appears darker and greenish brown (Figs. II, 12, 13 and 14).

Fig. ro, Aand B, represents the appearance of an unstained sec- tion of the layer by reflected and transmitted light. By reflected light this layer appears as a bluish-white cloud which obliterates the underlying structures, or at least makes them appear hazy and indistinct.

In both the stained and unstained vertical sections the layer is seen to be composed of parallel rows of somewhat irregular blocks, their long axes being parallel to the outline of the epidermis. These blocks are of varying size and asymmetrical shape, and un- doubtedly possess small, deeply staining nuclei. Some sections show these nuclei better than others. The vertical section gives little idea of their morphology for when seen in tangentially cut sections they appear very irregular in outline and possess short pseudopodoid processes which may terminate in hooklike expan- sions or branches. Every conceivable shape exists and no simi- larity exists in these bodies except in their marked irregularity (Fig 14). In some sections these cells appear syncytial, for their processes are in juxtaposition, thus leaving numerous openings of various sizes between these apparently joined processes. Through these openings run the branches of the melanophores (Figs. 14 and 17). That really no syncytium exists appears likely, for in vertical sections no such connections between the processes can be made out. When viewed from above, the area around the nucleus has a bluish cast while the periphery is a pale greenish brown.

One can conclude then that the cells of this layer are fairly thick, irregular plates of fairly uniform thickness throughout but with a marked irregular outline.

Carlton describes a somewhat similar layer in the scale of Anolis which he calls the ochrophore layer and which he considers analo- gous to the ochrophore layer of Keller for the chameleon. He believes that this layer produces the green color and finds that by reflected light it appears bluish green and by transmitted light yellowish green. From the micro-photographs accompanying his paper, one cannot be mistaken as to the identity of the layer in question. He has noted the block-like, parallel arrangement in

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 97

the vertical section and also the irregular appearance in the tan- gential section, stating that it had the appearance of a more or less homogeneous mass, irregular in outline, and penetrated in many places by the processes of the melenophores but he was unable to make out any cellular structure and denied the existence of nuclei except between the blocks. Why he should believe this layer to be the ochrophore layer of Keller, I am unable to say. He admits that its arrangement differs from Keller’s ochrophore layer.

If Carlton’s ochrophore layer is responsible for the green state in Anolis, why is this layer present on the ventral aspect of the animal where no green color is ever present?

Keller states that this ochrophore layer is almost entirely absent on the ventral aspect of the body of the chameleon, yet Carlton, in spite of these differences in structure and position, attempts to make these two layers analogous. Furthermore, Carlton’s ochrophore layer closely fits the description of Keller’s leucophore layer, which latter Carlton states does not exist in Anolis.

Undoubtedly the layer in Anolis is the same as that in the chameleon except for possibly minor differences.

Briicke described in the chameleon a white or yellow pigment which he finds separated into two layers, the inner being thicker and made up of closely packed colorless particles with rounded boundaries, which reflect light, resulting in the white appearance. He believes these reflecting granules to be the product of cells whose processes force themselves between the dermal structures and lie between the epidermis and the underlying connective tissue. In these two layers he evidently includes both the ochro- phore layer and the leucophore layer of Keller.

Pouchet has also described this layer and considers the white, dust-like material as the products of cells which, by the growth of the neighboring tissue, have been pressed into plates, and Keller describes these plates or blocks which he names leucophores. He considers their content similar to that found in the scales of cer- tain fish described by Kiihne and which are said to be composed of guanine. The fact that both react positively to the murexide test leads to this assumption. He believes, as does Pouchet, that these leucophores have been pressed into plates by the pressure of the overlying and underlying tissues and that their edges adapt themselves to the neighboring structures due to the mechanical resistance of the latter, and, in consequence, assume very irregular

98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 47H Ser.

shapes except in those regions where no such pressure is exerted. In regions where no pressure is exerted, they are rounded and lie close together in the wide meshes of the connective tissue.

I was unable to verify Keller’s observations that the leucophores were rounded in those regions where the mechanical resistance is less, for those isolated cells which were noted by me showed in reality even greater irregularity, when seen in vertical section, than those in the leucophore layer proper. That the peculiar plate or block-like shape and the arrangement of these in parallel rows may be due to the pressure of the dense connective tissue from below seems likely, but only careful: observations of the skin in various stages of development can determine this point.

The white, dust-like material of Pouchet, the white pigment of Briicke, or the granules of Keller, which were described in the leucophores, were not noted by me in Anolis. The cytoplasm of these cells even in the fresh state was clear and apparently free from granules. This finding is interesting in that one would expect the reflecting power of these cells to be due to the denser granules, and probably such granules do exist but were invisible because of methods I employed in the study of these cells.

No differences in shape or position were noted in the leucophore layer in the green and brown state. The cells of the layer seem to retain their characteristic appearance and relationship no mat- ter what color state of the skin existed. Carlton makes the same observation for his so-called ochrophore layer.

The blue coloration of the melanophores by reflected light de- scribed for the scales of the ventral aspect of the body is undoubt- edly due to the leucophore layer as is also the white appearance of these scales. This will be touched upon later.

The Melanophores—Lying between the leucophore layer and the underlying connective tissue layer, and partially imbedded in both, are the melanophores described by Keller for the chameleon (Figs. 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17).

In Anolis three types of pigment cells are found, namely, those in the dorso-lateral scales which differ from those in the ventral scales by their smaller size and more delicate branching, those in the ventral scales, and a third type which is commonly situated just beneath the epidermis between the scales. The melanophores show a striking resemblance to the Purkinje cells as seen in Golgi preparations. A line passing through the cell bodies of the ma- jority of them would be more or less parallel to the epidermis except

Vor. X) VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 99

at the periphery of the scale where they more closely approach the surface. A few cell bodies lie above or below this imaginary line, but in thick sections the bodies of the melanophores form a fairly thick, dark-brown layer of fairly regular width.

The melanophores are best studied in vertical sections of the fixed material stained with haematoxylin and eosin. It was found unnecessary to use the methods adopted by Keller and others to bring out the finer branches of these cells, for in most of the prepa- rations these were clearly visible.

The cell body is more or less rounded but considerable difference exists among them, some being much narrower than others (Figs. t1and 12). The surface facing the epidermis is often concave but rarely it may be convex or apical. The nucleus may be round, oval, reniform, horseshoe-shaped or even double in rare instances. In some preparations it takes a fairly deep blue stain and has a vesicular appearance (Figs. 11, 15 and 17). The concavity when present is directed towards the epidermis.

Coming off from the sides of the outer surface of the cell body are a varying number of permanent branches which run either vertically toward the inner surface of the epidermis or present a lateral curvature. The curvature may even be so marked that, at the proximal part, the branches may be directed first down- wards and laterally and then gradually curve laterally and up- wards (Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 15). These branches run through the spaces among the leucophores and, as they approach the surface, lateral branches in turn give off further branches. This tree-like branching continues until beneath the under surface of the epi- dermis a layer of fine terminal branches exists.

The contents of the melanophores consists of a varying amount of fine pigment granules imbedded in a mass of faintly brown, poorly staining cytoplasm. The arrangement and distribution of the pigment granules depends on the color state of the skin, being almost absent in the smaller branches in the green state but present even in the terminal branches in the brown state. Under the oil immersion lens the poorly staining cytoplasm may be followed even in the finest branches lying beneath the epidermis. Follow- ing them is, however, greatly facilitated by the presence of isolated pigment granules which have failed to migrate with the general mass of pigment.

The pigment granules are oval in shape and brown under magnification. Their number varies markedly, irrespective of the

100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

distribution of the pigment. The number varies not only in melanophores in the same scale, but also melanophores of one scale may contain more pigment than those of another. Also the intensity of the color of the pigment may vary, individual or groups of melanophores containing a lighter brown pigment than others. This appears to be irrespective of the number of granules. These differences in amount and intensity in color are so striking that there is no doubt as to their occurrence (Figs. rr, 12 and 13).

In the green state of the skin of Anolis (Figs. 10 and rr) the pig- ment granules are present only in the bodies and proximal parts of the primary branches of the melanophores. This proximal migration of the pigment is practically complete and the finer distal branches are clear and transparent. In some of these finer branches, however, a few scattered pigment granules may have failed to follow the mass of pigment and their presence allows one to detect more readily the finer branches. The bodies of the melan- ophores during the proximal migration of the pigment are neces- sarily darker than after distal migration. In proximal migration of the pigment it is noticed in the primary branches of the melano- phores that there is an area of gradation between the dense pig- ment on one side and the clear part on the other side where the pigment is much less dense. In this portion the pigment granules apparently arrange themselves in parallel rows (Figs. 11 and 15). This parallel arrangement has also been observed by Keller in the chameleon.

In the brown state (Figs. 12 and 13) the finest branches lying immediately beneath the epidermis are filled with closely packed pigment. This gives the appearance of a thin, dark-brown layer lying just beneath the epidermis in vertical section. One might conclude that, in order that this appearance can be produced, the terminal branches must anastomose and form a plexus. That this is not the case, however, may be readily determined in tangentially cut secticns where the terminal branches appear as separated but closely packed, dark-brown dots (Fig. 14). Keller makes this observation for the chameleon and Carlton for Anolis.

It is probable that the green state of Anolis does not represent the maximum degree of proximal migration of the pigment. In certain scales, pigment may be absent even in the primary branches and be confined entirely to the cell body which appears like a dark brown or black sphere. Furthermore the pigment may be con- densed to such a degree that a clear broad halo of cytoplasm may

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 101

surround a central compacted mass of pigment (Fig. r5 A and B). These peculiar melanophores are often bilaterally arranged and present in a group of from two to three scales on each side of the body. This bilateral arrangement appears too marked to be acci- dental. Melanophores in this condition must explain the yellow colors and white scales often to be observed in the living Anolis.

Besides the distal and proximal migration of the pigment, any degree of migration may be present, namely, all but the terminal branches may be filled with pigment, or the terminal branches may contain scattered pigment, and so on. All of these conditions in- fluence the color state of the skin and must be associated with definite color states.

The number of melanophores varies considerably in the various scales, but the average for those of the lateral aspect of the body is about fifty in number. This number is greatly reduced in the scales along the mid-dorsal line which are white and in which ten to fifteen pale brown melanophores appear to be the usual number. The latter are slightly smaller and their branches are more delicate and spread out more than the others. In the mid-dorsal line of other specimens where no white stripe exists but where color changes resemble those of the lateral aspect of the body, the me- lanophores cannot be distinguished from the others and appear in about the same number.

The melanophores in the scales, on the ventral aspect of the body are from five to twelve in number. Their bodies are larger and more rounded and possess fewer primary branches. The terminal branches are followed with greater difficulty to the periphery. The pigment is usually thickly packed in the cell bodies giving the cells a dark-brown color. The nucleus due to this increased amount of pigment is rarely observed (Fig. 8).

The pigment cells lying in the spaces between the scales vary markedly in number and position and, aside from their possession of branches and pigment content, show little resemblance to the true melanophores (Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 16). They more nearly resemble ordinary mesenchymal pigment corpuscles. The body resembles a flattened disc as is readily seen by comparing the verti- cal diameter as seen in vertical section (Fig. 13) with the horizontal diameter as seen from above (Fig. 16). The primary branches are thick and irregular and vary considerably in length. The terminal branches are short and terminate broadly in club-like ends. The cells are present just beneath the epidermis between the scales,

102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

their branches spreading out and lying parallel to it. These cells may often be found in the deeper tissues of the body and give the impression of their being able to wander between the tissues (Fig. 13). That these cells may be converted into melanophores seems possible.

That the pigment granules migrate in the fixed pseudopodic processes of the melanophores, instead of an amoeboid extension of and retraction of the processes themselves, is very probable. This migration has been clearly illustrated by Keller and Briicke for the chameleon, Carlton for Anolis, Degner for Praunus flexuosus, Kahn and Lieben for Rana temporaria and Spaeth for Fundulus heteroclitus. Parker believes that the pigment migration is true for Phyrnosoma and, further, states that the migration of pigment in melanophores is influenced by light and temperature, either light or low temperature causing a distal migration and absence of light or high temperature causing a proximal migration.

Although fully agreeing that the melanophores and _ their processes remain fixed and that their pigment undergoes migration, I am unable to see how any set of factors influence all melano- phores similarly. Under precisely similar conditions the melano- phores of the lateral aspect of the body may contain proximally migrated pigment, whereas the melanophores of the mid-dorsal stripe or melanophores of isolated scales may have the pigment in the terminal branches. In a single animal, in any color state, many exceptions may be found to the rule laid down by Parker.

Gold chloride preparations repeatedly fail to reveal any nerve endings terminating on the bodies of the melanophores but that these exist seems most probable. Pouchet described a smaller pigment-bearing cell which he termed the erythrophore and which closely resembled the melanophore except that it contained a purplish-red pigment. Briicke overlooked these cells of Pouchet, but according to Keller, the cells only occur on the lateral scales of the chameleon in any great number and are not present in all indi- viduals. Keller described gradation forms, cells containing both brown and red granules in different proportions. Some cells may contain only a few red granules among brown ones while others may contain only a few brown ones, the greater proportion being red.

Carlton was unable to find erythrophores in the skin of Anolis and denied their existence. I believe that Carlton is correct, for if these cells be present they must be extremely rare. No red pig- ment granules were observed in any melanophores of my sections.

Vor, X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 103

It seems likely, however, that the pigment granules vary consid- erably in the intensity of their color as has already been stated. This conclusion is reached not only from a study of the pigment granules in the melanophores but also from their effect on the color of the skin. There is little doubt that a condensed mass of pigment will produce a darker brown than more scattered pigment, but the former will always be brown and can never be black or brick-red.

If this be true, then the melanophores producing the post- orbital black patch must contain black pigment granules and those producing the brick-red stripe must contain reddish-brown granules. Furthermore, it is possible that an individual scale may contain melanophores of two or more kinds of pigment content and that these may act independently of one another. This is suggested by the microscopic appearance as well as the appearance of either a brick-red, brown, or black state in the scales of the mid- dorsal and the post-orbital stripes. Undoubtedly the amount of pigment present plays an important role, but many of these differ- ences cannot be satisfactorily explained. Partial distal migration may be responsible for a lighter brown color than maximal distal migration, but only up to a certain point. Any distal migration beyond this is not associated with a still lighter brown state but with a slaty or greenish-gray color.

The Connective Tissue Layer.—Lying beneath the leucophore layer, running into the concavity of the scale for a variable distance but approaching more closely the epidermis at the edges of the scale, is a fairly dense layer of white, fibrous connective tissue (Figs. 8, 10, rz, r2 and 13). The fibres appear to run parallel but on closer inspection many vertical and oblique ones may be noted. The vertical fibres may be traced as they ascend among the cells of the leucophore layer where they break up into small fibril bundles which form a network beneath the epidermis. This layer takes on a bright pink color with eosin and contains many deeply staining stellate and spindle shaped nuclei. It is fairly vascular and nerves may be seen traversing it. Below the concavity of the scale are present fat corpuscles and large blood vessels (Figs. 11, 12 and 13). Beneath the dense connective tissue separating the skin from the underlying skeletal muscles, there is present a loose areolar connective tissue. Fine free pigment granules forming a fine line between the denser connective tissue and the looser

104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

areolar tissue, may be seen in many sections. Free granules of red color aid in giving the red color to the extended throat-fan.

The skin is extremely vascular but more so in some regions than in others. Larger vessels run beneath the denser connective tissue layer and run parallel with it, dipping into the scale. From these vessels branches are given off which run through the denser connective tissue and also through the leucophore layer to directly supply the epidermis (Fig. 13). It seems not improbable that a vaso-dilatation occurring under and in the leucophore layer, may exert a modifying influence on the color states. The pink color of the mid-dorsal stripe may be explained by the effect of a vaso-dilatation on a white stripe, and the red appearance of the throat-fan is no doubt in part due to blood, as well as to granules of red pigment in the subcutaneous connective tissue, which shows through the spaces between the scales.

On THE MECHANISM OF THE COLOR CHANGES

The essential structures present for the production of the various color states are the epidermis, the yellow oil droplet layer, the leucophore layer, the melanophores, and, possibly, the zantho- phores and the cutaneous blood supply.

The skin of the scale is made up of four superimposed, inverted, hollow, cup-like layers, the outer being the epidermis. Next to this is the oil droplet layer, then the leucophore layer, and lastly, the connective tissue layer which, however, supports the integrity of the whole.

The first and last named layers are continuous with those of the neighboring scales, but the second and third are limited to the scale.

The epidermis is a transparent layer which acts largely as a protecting and supporting structure and, through interference phenomena, acts slightly, if at all, as a factor in the color states.

The second or yellow oil droplet layer presents a thin trans- parent yellow medium which is extremely important in the pro- duction of many of the color states. In and superficial to it lie the fine terminals of the branches of the melanophores. The large zanthophores also lie in it and extend inward into the next layer. The oil droplets give a strong, bright color by transmitted light, but seem to reflect but little light (Fig. ro Aand B). It seems to act more as a filter than as a reflector. White light reflected from

Vor. XJ VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 105

the underlying layer, when passing through this yellow medium, must be so acted upon as to give the yellow.

The leucophore layer, lying just internal to the oil droplet layer, acts essentially as a reflecting layer. It reflects a large proportion of the light which falls upon it, but it also screens the light to a great extent from the underlying brown melanophores so that pigment granules, when only in the bodies of the melanophores, exert but little influence on the color states of the skin. On the other hand, however, if the primary branches of the melanophores, which pierce this layer, are filled with pigment, the light which falls on it is reflected as blue light (Fig. to B). Further, cell bodies of the melanophores, lying internal to the leucophore layer, appear blue by reflected light in the scales of the ventral surface of the body in which the yellow oil droplet layer is very scant and in places absent (Fig. 7 B). Evidently then, the leucophore layer in part reflects all the rays of white light and also absorbs all but the blue rays from the light passing through it and reflected from the brown pigment within and internal to it. Traversing this leucophore layer are the large branches of the melanophores, con- nective tissue, and finer blood vessels. Partly imbedded in the lower stratum and beneath it are the melanophores. Fig. 17 is an attempt to show in perspective the various layers and their relation to one another.

The only layer that remains fixed and present in all scales and not subject to variations is the leucophore layer. All the other elements may be either absent, increased, decreased, or subject to marked variations. All of these other elements function in con- junction with the leucophore layer and either by allowing it to be unobscured, partially obscured, or by entirely shutting it off from the light, produce the color phenomena. The appearance of white and pale blue, as found on the ventral aspect of the body or along the mid-dorsal stripe, may be explained as due to the oil droplet layer being either absent or that it has been forced to the edges of the scale. A purely white scale must mean that the mel- anophores are either absent or greatly diminished in number, and very pale blue scales, that their pigment granules must have migrated entirely into the bodies of the cells. This allows the leucophore layer to act alone as a reflecting layer without the in- fluence of any other element. In addition, the stratum corneum of the scales of the ventral surface is slightly thicker than in other regions, and this greater thickness, with the markedly developed

106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

keel of the scale found here, no doubt results in more light being reflected from the outer surface of the scale and thus a whiter appearance. It seems probable that by a vaso-dilatation of the superficial capillaries a pink color may be imparted to the white scales. Further, in addition to the blood capillaries, red pigment is manifestly present in the subcutaneous connective tissue of the throat-fan.

If, in the white scales, melanophores are present and send out pigment into the primary and larger branches, the light, which is now acted upon by the leucophore layer, is returned as blue. Decidedly blue scales are rare except in isolated scales on the lateral aspect of the body. Along the mid-dorsal stripe and on the ventral aspect, melanophores are too few in number to influence the color beyond a pale blue. I injected brown pigment (potassium bichromate solution) into the skin of the belly, and a blue color was readily produced. Higgins’ brown ink furnishes the same result in the same way.

The yellow or orange appearance may be readily explained by the presence of the yellow oil droplet layer through which light from the leucophore layer must be transmitted. The melano- phores, in the case of the yellow skin, must contain the pigment in their bodies, and the branches must be free of pigment. The degree of yellow color depends on the amount of oil droplets, the straw-yellow color being associated with a lesser amount than the deep yellow. Pale yellow is often present on the ventral aspect of some lizards due to the presence of a small amount of this substance.

The emerald green is brought about by the migration of pig- ment into the primary and larger branches of the melanophores. Now the light which is reflected from the leucophore layer, due to the presence of pigment granules, is blue, and this blue, in pass- — ing through the yellow oil droplet layer, mixes with yellow rays given by this layer and appears at the surface as green. By further distal migration of the pigment granules, light from the leucophore layer assumes a deeper blue which in turn produces the bluish-green color of the skin.

By a still more distal migration of the pigment a muddy, greenish gray appears which, as the migration proceeds, becomes brownish gray, then light brown and, lastly, a deep mahogany brown is produced, which indicates that distal migration has pro- ceeded till the granules have accumulated immediately beneath

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 107

the epidermis sufficiently to block the action of both the yellow oil droplets and the leucophore layer. The pigment granules now act entirely alone and produce the brown state (Figs. 12 and 13).

Whether the yellow oil droplet layer can be dispersed under varying stimuli in those scales where it normally exists, that is, whether it is possible for a lateral green scale to assume the white or bluish state in a short space of time, is difficult to say. If, as is held by Keller for the chameleon, the zanthophores possess the power of dilating and can take up all the space held previously by the oil droplet layer and thus displace the latter to the edges of the scale, it would at least be possible for a fairly rapid change to occur from green to white. Pouchet, however, believes the zan- thophores of the chameleon to be of yellow color and if this be so, Keller’s explanation would not be valid. The zanthophores of Anolis appear transparent in all the conditions under which I could observe them. They seem to be absent in the skin of the ventral surface of the body. However, my observations are by far too meager for me to draw any definite conclusions. It is true that the zanthophores seem greatly increased in the white scales of the mid-dorsal stripe and that they form a transparent fairly thick layer between the epidermis and the leucophore layer.

The objections to Keller’s views are that if the zanthophores are able to disperse the oil droplet layer by dilating, they would probably also disturb the arrangement of the terminal branches of the melanophores, which we know does not take place. One would also conclude that these cells must be under the control of the nervous system. No conclusions can be reached without observing the living animals for long periods of time and noting the changes of these white areas. Possibly the white areas are merely variations and are more or less permanent. Black or brick- red stripes may be also variations in the distally migrated pigment.

The following table presents in a concise manner the mechanism involved in the various color states. Keller’s theory in regard to the behavior of the zanthophores is included as a possibility, since their attributed function becomes necessary to explain white and blue changes in certain cutaneous areas, if these occur with any degree of rapidity.

108 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 47 Ser.

TABLE 3 Oil CoLor STATE Droplet | Zantho- | Leuco- | Melano- Layer phore phore phore : absent or ® Wes oa aicie es dispersed | or absent C4 e absent or ® BYE: ons nace ¢ dispersed | or absent ae @ ; absent or Cs) fi vaso- Rinks 222 seca dispersed | or absent ® dilatation partially Straw yellow...... dispersed oe: i © 10) Golden yellow..... cS or absent Ey ® 0) Emerald green.... a | or absent e) ae 10) Bluish green...... c= or absent ES) e2 ‘ {i fo) Fs Grayish green..... 1. | or absent il 2 10) CN Brownish green.... 2. | or absent 2. @ 4 ; (9) IO ry Light brown...... or absent 3: 3: (0) - brown pig- Mahogany brown.. or absent — o ment granules a brick-red Brick-red......... Ls os] ode ay fe) pigment or absent granules Black........ 0... © pepe st or absent granules

(-_Junobstructed, MMMM partially obscured, BMI obscured, © dilatation of zanthophore, © contraction of zanthophore, O maximum distal migration of pigment, ® partial distal migration of pigment, ® maximum proximal migra- tion of pigment. No. 1-5 indicate comparative degrees of either obscuration or migration.

For the final solution of this problem of the color changes in Anolis, three methods of attack must be carried on and one must not lose sight of any one of them: Carefully controlled physio- logical experiments, histological studies of the skin, and careful

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 109

observations over long periods of time of the habits and color states of these ‘izards in their natural environment. ‘The first method of attack is always open to criticism so long as the experi- ments are not carefully controlled; for instance in none of the experiments performed by either Parker and Starratt or Carlton were the factors of varying external stimuli taken into con- sideration.

Lizards kept for long periods in confinement may give one set of results but one is not justified in drawing any general con- clusions as to the behavior of all lizards.

I wish to thank Doctor Hardesty and Doctor Garey for their helpful suggestions.

SUMMARY

1. In its color changes, Anolis carolinensis shows a greater variety of colors than has been usually described for this animal. It may at times take on other colors than the emerald green, mahogany brown, and the variations intermediate between these. The variations, though apparently less frequent, correspond fairly closely with the variations described for Chameleon vulgaris.

2. The color changes, in addition to general variations in Anolis carolinensis, as observed in its natural environment especially, seem to be induced by variations in external stimuli. Rhythmic changes of color may be observed with the animal in the same position with unchanged temperature and light, and emotional states interpreted as fear, sexual excitement, and anger (prelim- inary to and during combat) seem to more actively bring about color changes than temperature and light. Color changes in sympathy with environment (protective coloration) seem probable.

3. In structure, the skin of Anolis resembles that described by other investigators for Chameleon vulgaris, except no ‘‘Negative Relief Schicht’’ could be distinguished in the stratum corneum of the epidermis, and no cells corresponding exactly to the eryth- rophores of Pouchet could be determined. Also the oil droplet layer described here for Anolis is not the same as the ochrophore layer described by Keller for Chameleon.

4. The observations of Carlton that the processes of the mel- anophores in Anolis are fixed or non-amoeboid and that migration of the pigment granules occurs within them, is hereby confirmed. In this the melanophores are similar to those described for

110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

Chameleon, Fundulus heteroclitus, Rana temporaria, and other color-changing animals.

5. The color changes in Anolis depend upon the reciprocal physical action of four layers of the skin: the epidermis, the yellow oil droplet layer, the leucophore layer and the melano- phores. The physical characters making possible light inter- ference and absorption, and the mixing of transmitted and . reflected rays, modified by the migration of pigment to different positions in these layers, result in the varieties of color apparent at the surface of the skin at different times and on different locali- ties of the body. The red coloration of the throat-fan is due to a rich capillary plexus and to the presence of a red coloring matter in the deeper layers. The effect of vaso-dilatation is also apparent in the pink stripe noted occasionally along the mid-dorsal line.

6. The oil droplet layer and the leucophore layer in general remain fixed and the various color states depend on the migration of the pigment granules in the fixed processes of the melanophores. Maximal proximal migration of the pigment is associated with yellow, while maximal distal migration produces dark mahogany brown. In the emerald green state the pigment lies in the primary and larger branches of the melanophores. Further distal migration is associated with bluish-green or slaty-gray color states depend- ing on the degree.

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS a

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Barbak, E.:’10. Zur chromatischen Hautfunktion der Amphibien. <Pfliiger’s Archiv, Bd. 131, S. 87-118.

Ballowitz, E.: ’93. Ueber die Bewegungserschienungen der Pig- mentzellen. <Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 13, S. 625-630.

Protoplasmas. <Pfliiger’s Archiv, Bd. 157, S. 165-210.

Battelli, Andrea: ’80. Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Baues der Reptilienhaut. <Archiv f. mikros. Anatomie, Bd 17:

Bauer, V.: ’10. Ueber die tonische Innervation der Pigment- zellen bei den Plattfischen. <Central. f. Physiol., Bd. 157, S. 165-210.

BREN aicguie Mey st oh -’r4. Zur Hypothese der physikalischen Warmere- gulierung durch Chromatophoren. <Zeit. f. allg. Physiol., Bd. 16, S. 191-212.

Bert, P.:’7s. Sur le mecanisme et les causes des changement de ‘coleur chez le chameleon. <Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, J. 81, pp. 938-941.

Biedermann, W.: ’92. Ueber den Farbenwechsel der Frésche. <Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bd. 51, S. 455-508.

Briicke, E.: ’51. Ueber den Farbenwechsel des Chamileonen. <Sitzungsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss., Math. Nat. Cl. Wien, Bd. 7, S. 802-806.

SUE REO OE 52. Untersuchungen iiber den Farbenwechsel des afrikanischen Chamileonen. <Denksch. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss., Math. Nat. Cl., Wien, Bd. 4, 5. 179-210.

Carlton, F.:’03. The color changes in the skin of the so-called Florida Chameleon, Anolis carolinensis Cuv. <Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Vol. 39, pp. 257-275.

de Filippi, F.: 66. Sulla struttura della cute dello Stellio cau- casicus. <Memor. della Reale Accad. d. Sc. di Torino. (Se. fisiche e matematiche), Ser. 2, Vol. 23, pp. 363-373, 1 tav.

Degner, D:’12. Ueber Bau und Funktion der Krustenchromatopho- ren. Eine histologisch-biologische Untersuchung. <Zeitsch. f. Wiss. Zool., Bd. 102, S. 1-78, 8 textfig., 3 tab.

de Grijs, P.: ’99. Einiges iiber Farbenwechsel-Vermégen bei Reptilien. <Zool. Garten. Jahrg. 40, No. 2, S. 49-55.

Dictarte, A.: 90. Sur les changement de couleur chez la greno- ville commune, Rana esculenta. <Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, T. 3, pp. 610-611.

Ditmars, R. L.:’07. Reptiles of the World, pp. 102-10.

112 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Ewald, A. und Krukenberg, C. Fr. W.: ’81. Ueber die Ver- breitung des Guanin, besonders iiber sein Vorkommen in der Haut von Amphibien, Reptilien und von Petromyzon fluviatilis. <Unters. aus dem Physiol. Inst. der Universitat Heidelberg, Bd. 4.

Eycleshymer, A. C.: ’06. The development of the chromato- phores in Necturus. <Am. Jour. Anat., Vol. 5, pp. 309-313.

se+seeeeeseee-? "14. Some observations on the decapitated young Necturus. <Anat. Anz., Bd. 46, S. 1-13.

Fischel, A.: ’96. Ueber Beeinflussung und Entwickelung des Pigmentes. <Arch. f. mikroskop. Ant. u. Entw., Bd. 47, S. 719-734.

Fischer, Fr.: 35. Beobachtungen iiber ein lebendes Chamileon. < Bull. de la Soc. Imp. des Natural. de Moscou, T. 8.

Flemming, W.: ’97. Ueber die Einwirkung des Lichtes auf die Pigmentierung der Salamander-Larve. <Arch. f. mikroskop. Ant. u. Entw., Bd. 48, S. 369-374.

Fodera, F. A.: ’07. La funzione cromatica dei camaleonti. Tesi . / . . per la Laurea in Scienze naturali, Palermo.

Franz, V.: ’r0. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Chromato- phoren. <Biolog. Centralbl., Bd. 30, S. 150-158.

Fuchs, R. F.:’14. Der Farbenwechsel und die chromatische Haut- funktion der Thiere. <Winterstein’s Handb. d. vergl. Physiol., Bd. 3, 1. Halfte, 2. Teil, S. 1189-1657

Gadow, H.:’o9. Amphibia and Reptiles, pp. 528-571.

: :’o4. Evolution of the color pattern and ortho- “genetic variation in certain Mexican specimens of lizards, with adaptation to their surroundings. <Proc. Roy. Soc., London, Vol. 72, pp. 109-125, pls. 3-5.

; .... ’o1. Amphibia and Reptiles. The Cambridge ‘Natural History, Vol. 8.

Hargitt, C. W.: ’12. Behavior and color changes of tree frogs. <Journ. Animal Behav., Vol. 2, pp. 51-78.

Hertel, E.: ’07. Einiges iiber die Deutung des Pigmentes fiir die physiologische Wirkung der Lichtstrahlen. <Zeitsch. f. allg. Physiolog., Bd. 6, S. 44-70.

Hooker, D.: ’12. The Reactions of the Melanophores of Rana fusca in the absence of nerve control. <Zeitsch. f. allg. Physio- log., Bd. 14, S. 93-104, 3 fig.

weeeeeeee.+.: 24. The Reactions to Light and Darkness of the Melanophores of Frog Tadpoles. <Science, N. S., Vol. 39, P- 473-

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 113

OCG ARE SOE :’14. Amoeboid Movements in the Corial Melano- phores of Rana. <Am. Jour. Anat., Vol. 16, pp. 237-250.

Kammerer, P.: ’06. Kiinstlicher Mechanismus bei Ejidechsen. <Centralbl. f. Physiol., Bd. 20.

Keeble, F. and Gamble, F. W.: ’04. The Color Physiology of Higher Crustacea. <Philos. Trans. R. Soc., London, Series B, Vol. 196, pp. 295-388, 6 pl.

Keller, R.: ’91. Ueber den Farbenwechsel des Chamiileons und einiger anderer Reptilien. <Pfliiger’s Archiv, Bd. 61, S. 123- 168.

Kerbert, C.: 77. Ueber die Haut der Reptilien und anderer Wirbeltiere. <Archiv. f. mikrosk. Anat., Bd. 1 RE

Krukenberg, C. Fr. W.: ’80. Ueber die Mechanik des Farben- wechsels bei Chameleon vulgaris Cuv. <Verg.-physiol. Studien, I. Reihe, Abt., 3, Heidelberg.

Laurens, H.:’11. The reactions of Amphibians to monochromatic lights of equal intensity. <Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 53, PP. 253-302.

nee Ore : ’t4. Reactions of normal and eyeless amphibian larvae to light. <Jour. Exp. Zool., Vol. 16, pp. 195-210.

’

+eee++.+...2 '15. The reactions of melanophores of Ambly- stoma larvae. <Jour. Exp. Zool., Vol. 18, pp. 577-638.

seseeeee....1716. The reactions of the melanophores of Amblys- toma larvae. The supposed influence of the pineal organ. <Jour. Exp. Zool., Vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 237-261.

Leydig, F.: ’53. Anatomisch-histologische Untersuchungen tiber Fische und Reptilien, Berlin.

Lieben, S.: ’06. Ueber die Wirkung von Extrakten chromaffinen Gewebes (Andrenalin) auf die Pigmentzellen. <Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Bd. 20, S. 108-117.

Lockwood, S.: ’76. The Florida Chameleon. <The Amer. Naturalist, Vol. 10, pp. 4-16.

Lwoff, S.: ’84. Beitriige zur Histologie der Haut der Reptilien. <Bull. de la Soc. Imp. d. Natural. de Moscou, T. 59.

Mast, S. O.:’14. Changes in shade, color and pattern in fishes and their bearing on the problems of adaptation and behavior, with especial reference to the flounders Paralichthys and Ancylop- setta. Bull. Bureau of Fish, Vol. 34, Doc. No. 821, issued Apr. 10, 1916.

Milne-Edwards, H.:’34. Note sur les changements de couleurs du Cameleon. <Ann. d. Sc. Nat., Ser. 2, T. 1, Zoologie.

114 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser.

Murray, J.: ’27. Ueber die Farbe und den Farbenwechsel des Chamileonen. <Notizen aus dem Gebiete der Natur- u. Heilkunde von Ludwig Friedrich von Froriep, Bd. 16.

Osawa, G.:’96. Beitrag zur feineren Struktur des Integumentes der Hatteria punctata. <Arch. f. mikrosk. Anat. Entw.- Gesch., Bd. 47.

Parker, G. H. and Starratt,S. A.:’o4. The effect of Heat on the Color Changes in the Skin of Anolis carolinensis, Cuv. <Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Vol. 40, pp. 455-466.

Parker, G. H.:’06. The Influence of Light and Heat on the Move- ments of the Melanophore Pigment, Especially in Lizards. < Jour. Exp. Zool., Vol. 3, pp. 401-414.

Pernitzsch, F.: ’13. Zur Analyse der Rassenmerkmale der Axo- lote. I. Die Pigmentierung junger Larven. <Arch. f. mikrosk. Anat., Bd. 82, S. 148-205.

Pouchet, G.:’76. Des changements de coloration sous l’influence des nerfs. < Jour. de L’Anat. et de la Physiol. normales et path. de l’homme et des animaux.

Redfield, A. C.:’18. The physiology of the Melanophores of the Horned Toad Phrynosoma. <Jour. Exper. Zool., Vol. 26, PP. 275-333.

Rogers, C. G.: ’06. A Chameleon-like change in Diemyctilus. <Biol. Bull., Vol. 10, pp. 165-170.

Schmidt, W. T.: ’12. Studien am Integumente der Reptilien. I. Die Haut der Geckoniden. <Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. ror.

Secerov, S.: ’o09. Farbenwechselversuche an der Bartgrundel. (Nemachilus barbatula). <Arch. f. Entw. d. Org., Bd. 28, S. 629-660.

Slight, H.:’30. On the habit of the Chameleon. <The Magazine of Nat. Hist. and Jour. of Zool., Botany, Mineral., Geol. and Meteorol., Vol. 3.

Spaeth, R. A.:’13. (a) The Mechanism of the Contraction in the Melanophores of Fishes. <Anat. Anz., Bd. 44, S. 520-524.

Gcatesdtn: aticceoyh 13. (b) The physiology of the Chromatophores of Fishes. <Jour. Exp. Zool., Vol. 15, pp. 527-585.

Stadelmann, H.: ’o9. Sonnenstrahlungsversuche am Chamileon. <Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol. d. Menschen u. d. Thiere, Bd. 120.

Steinach, E.:’91. Ueber Farbenwechsel bei niederen Wirbelthieren bedingt durch direkte Wirkung des Lichtes auf die Pigment- zellen. <Centralbl. f. Physolog., Bd. 5, S. 326-530.

Stockard, C. R.: ’15. A study of wandering mesenchymol cells on the living yolk sac and their developmental products: Chromatophores, vascular endothelium and blood cells. <Amer. Jour. of Anat., Vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 525-504.

Vou. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 115

Torraca, L.: ’13._ L’azione dei ultravioletti sulla pigmentazione della cute del tritone. <Interna. Monatsschr. f. Anat. Physiol., Bd. 30, S. 297-325.

Van der Hoeven, J.:’31. Icones ad illustrandos coloris mutationes in chamaelonte. Lugduni Batavorum.

Van Rynbeck, G.: ’06. Ueber den Chromatophoren bedingten Farbenwechsel der Thiere. <Ergeb. d. Physiol., s. Jahrg., S. 347-571.

von Frisch, K: ’11. (b) Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die schwarzen Pigmentzellen der Fischhaut. <Biolog. Cen- tralbl., Bd. 31, S. 236-248.

’

Sei a Ame 11. (c) Die Pigmentzellen der Fischhaut. <Biolog. Centralbl., Bd. 31, S. q4r2-ars.

,

ssseeeees...:'12. Ueber farbige Anpassung bei Fischen. <Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f. Allg. Zool. u. Physiolog., Bd. 32, S. 171-230.

+osee++-+...! 11. Beitriige zur Physiologie der Pigmentzellen in der Fischhaut. <Pfliiger’s Archiv., Bd. 138, S. 319-387.

Winkler, F.: ’10. Beobachtungen iiber die Bewegungen der Pig- mentzellen. <Arch. f. Derm. u. Syph., Bd. 101, S. 255-260.

116 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES

PLaTE 7, Fics. 1-5 Camera-lucida outlines of scales of various parts of the body.

PLaTE 8, Fic. 6

(A). External surface of the skin of the lateral aspect under low power by transmitted light, showing yellow scales and indistinct melanophores (M).

(B). The same as above by reflected light showing the green scales with areas of brown pigmentation.

(C). Internal surface of the same skin by reflected light showing the blue scales with distinct dark melanophores (M).

Pate 8, Fic. 7

(A). External surface of the skin of the ventral aspect under low power by transmitted light showing the pale straw-colored scales with their indistinct melanophores (M).

(B). the same as above by reflected light showing the white scales with indistinct blue melanophores (M).

(C). Internal surface of the same by transmitted light showing the straw-colored scales with their distinct melanophores.

PiatTeE 7, Fic. 8 Vertical section of a portion of the ventral scale (oil immersion) showing the stratum corneum (st. corn.), stratum germinativum (st. germ.), the leucophore layer (leuc.), a single melanophore (melan.), and the connective tissue (conn. tiss.).

PLaTE 7, Fic. 9 Scraping of the stratum corneum under oil immersion showing a group of squamous cells with their stippled appearance.

PLATE 9, Fic. to (High Dry Power)

(A). Vertical section of a lateral scale in the green state by transmitted light, freshly hardened with twenty per cent formalin and unstained. This shows the transparent epidermis, the under- lying layer of yellow oil droplets (O), the layer of leucophores (L), the melanophores with their numerous branches (M), and the underlying layer of connective tissue (C).

(B). The same by reflected light showing the bluish-white leucophore layer (L) and the black melanophores (M). The latter appear blue when lying beneath the former. The yellow oil droplet layer scarcely reflects any light.

Vor. X] VON GELDERN—SKIN OF ANOLIS CAROLINENSIS 117

PLaTE 9, Fic. rr (Oil immersion)

Vertical section of a lateral scale in the green state, stained with haemotoxylin and eosin showing the various layers of the epidermis and corium. Small amounts of pigment appear in the terminal branches of the melanophores but the mass appears in the cell bodies.

PLaTE 9, Fic. 12 (Oil immersion)

Vertical section of a lateral scale in the brown state stained with haemotoxylin and eosin showing the pigment lying just beneath the epidermis.

PLaTE 9, Fic. 13 (Oil immersion)

Vertical section of a dorso-lateral scale in the brown state stained with haemotoxylin and eosin showing the pigment cells (P) and a blood vessel, lying just beneath the connective tissue layer, sending a branch through all the layers and which ends just beneath the epidermis. The leucocytes are evident.

PiateE 9, Fic. 14 (Oil immersion)

Tangential section of a lateral scale in the brown state showing the pigment in the terminal branches of the melanophores (T), the pigment just beneath the epidermis (E), the leucophores with their bizarre outlines (L), the secondary branches of the melano- phores piercing the openings between the melanophores (S), and the bodies of the melanophores with their primary branches (M).

PuaTeE 8, Fic. 15 (Oil immersion)

(A). Melanophores occasionally found showing a central migra- tion of the pigment in the body of the cell, forming a rounded mass surrounded by a halo of clear cytoplasm.

(B). Melanophores frequently found showing an almost com- plete proximal migration of the pigment. Practically no pigment exists even in the primary branches. The nuclei are evident.

PLaTE 9, Fic. 16 (Oil immersion) Pigment cell seen from above. These cells are found in the

spaces between the scale and throughout the entire body. In vertical section these cells appear flat.

PLATE 7, Fic. 17 Reconstruction of the skin of Anolis carolinensis showing the essential elements necessary for the production of the color states, namely, the epidermis, yellow oil droplet layer, zanthophores, leucophores, and melanophores.

| VON GELDERN | Plate 7

4th Series, Vol. X

af)

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI

cued gpz* x G9z

joedse® [wleqe, Os1op

‘mtu Gog xX Atz qoedse TRIa4eT €

“gi UUod

“UB) UL

2M)

-wab 19

*“ULOD YO

_

SCl., 4th Series, Vol. x

CAL. ACAD.

PROC.

[VON GELDERN ]Plate 8

G|

ih

VU. /

Pstey FLIT OCTICS,

VAL. MUAY

aa

ToPNA

[ VON: GELDERN ] Plate 9

PAGAN _____. Str. Corneum Str. Germinat. Leucophore Zanthophore ——— . é r AN ; ys! - ey S ee Blood Vessel

Melanophore Conn Tissue

Fat

Connective Tissue Layer — x — Str. Corneum

Leucophore Layer x — Str. Germinat. Fat =~ Melanophore

——— Str. Corneum

— Str Germinat.

— Melanophore

Leucophore Layer

Fat

Subcut Areolar Tissue

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

Vo. X, Nos. 11 anp 12, pp. 119-163 Jury 2, 1921

XI

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMY FOR THE YEAR 1920 By C. E. GRUNSKY President of the Academy In Academy affairs the year 1920 may be classed as rela- tively uneventful. Nevertheless some progress has been made. The membership campaign under the leadership of Mr. M. Hall McAllister has continued successful. The number of members has increased from 550 to 927. There were 403 new members admitted while the loss of members was 20 by death, 5 by resignation, and 1 dropped for arrearages.

The present membership is made up of:

Patrorss: Sere issae clave olievel eesiect ota ce toceevein o ancieraleva aeiabe yauaeiistavetnlelsts iets tel 12 Hlonoranys Membersircctsiareccite cute steer svers a cist alata (eeltiatal alehata liberate 30 Mrfel Membersiiiateci wos cisiow sisvteccrshelens ree oleuslsrers lee.oee reseleiersianeuere 82 Re LTO WeSlatetra esterase le eete Loves eee rol alaiste siete liaretene lysisle ecarcterocohace tere 20 INSTA EDS N pers toteie vate teratataee ea abate tececenistatera eters eiovateraterekeverscarouensselateeen is 783

The Academy carries on its list of patrons the following names :

Living Mr. William B. Bourn Mr. John W. Mailliard Mr. William H. Crocker Mr. Joseph Mailliard Mr. Peter F. Dunne Mr. M. Hall McAllister Mr. Herbert Fleishhacker Mr. Ogden Mills Mr. Joseph D. Grant Mr. Alexander F. Morrison Mr. A. Kingsley Macomber Mr. William C. Van Antwerp Deceased Mr. William Alvord Mrs. Charlotte Hosmer Mr. Charles Crocker Mr. James Lick

Mr. John W. Hendrie Mr. Ignatz Steinhart

120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Those who were called by death are as follows:

Mrs. Mary K. Brandegee............ Drie hnacteeeeas ceereese April 3, 1920 Dr, John.A. Brashear: 22.2% ose cons. Honorary 242.2 sses0s0 April 9, 1920 Dr. Frank S: Daggetts...02% scccn. 1 Miemb er sxczeaarsceretocraie/-ner= April 5, 1920 Merlin Elellmanierc ccictere cieterciclecrercts Member .,6:-60:60 <ts.c1eos.ce April 9, 1920 Mrs. Charlotte Hosmer............. Patron cecceeses es November 30, 1920 Mr: G. Earle: Kellyssns secs cic.cterc s.cicuwis Member .......... December 15, 1920 Mr. ‘Curtis 2. laindleyi. ccc <acietn. os Member ......... November 20, 1920 Mrs Bruce: Martins ac.os acces cores. Member <5. eccnc o0s 1920 Mir. WW. Montague: ic). <2 cs. Tighe ers ears nelorieee September 28, 1920 MercPercy De dMorganircatee ejscneleis terse Miemberun.ccemecesses April 16, 1920 Mr. Gharles (Ps Punchard:... 4.22.05 Member ............ November, 1920 Dr. Pier Andrea Saccardo.......... Honorary <....0-.. February 12, 1920 Mirscleon Sloss? sictrecste derciaste sees « Member vncau.ceceretiersinver 3 May 5, 1920 Mrs ves Smmthie scares cae sane Like caer aaiooce oe October 12, 1920 Prof. Dr. H. zu Solms-Laubach..... EIONOLary. <---> 1920 Dr. Franz Steindachner............. Honorary 2.0650: December 10, 1919 Mr. Sam: BicStoye isinecccaa since es Member si ec25055..5% August 18, 1920 Mr. Clement. Pobinucsss.scsgececeee Members sac. s.6<0024540 April 3, 1920 Dr: Ramsay H.. Traquair: . 3.662.230 Flonorary 25s asesr November 22, 1912 Mr. Carlos Troyer ........ bs Dae areats Lif@unintegs ones anaes July 26, 1920 Mr. Raphael Weill ..............00- Lit easiocans womens December 9, 1920

The Academy has published during 1920 the following papers in continuation of the Fourth Series of the Pro- ceedings:

Vol. II, Part II, No. XVII, pp. 311-345 DERMAPTERA AND ORTHOPTERA, by Morgan Hebard. Vol. IX, No. XIII, pp. 331-356 New Hemipterous INSECTS OF THE GENERA ARADUS, PHYTOCORIS AND CAMPTOBROCHYS, by Edward P. Van Duzee. Vol. IX, No. XIV, pp. 357-365 REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMY FOR THE YEAR 1919, by C. E. Grunsky. Vol. IX, No. XV, pp. 367-396 REPORT OF THE DrIRECTOR OF THE MUSEUM FOR THE YEAR 1919, by Barton Warren Evermann. Vol. X, No. I, pp. 1-27 A FurtTHeR Stupy oF VARIATION IN THE GOPHER-SNAKES OF WESTERN NortH AMERICA, by John Van Denburgh. Vol. X, No. II, pp. 29-30 DEscrIPTION OF A New SPECIES OF RATTLESNAKE (Crotalus lucasensis) FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA, by John Van Denburgh, Vol. X, No. III, pp. 31-32 DeEscripTION OF A NEw Supspecies oF Boa (Charina botte utahensis) FROM UTAH, by John Van Denburgh. Vol. X. No. IV, pp. 33-34 DescripTION OF A New Lizarp (Dipsosaurus dorsalis lucasensis) FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA, by John Van Denburgh.

Vor. XJ GRUNSKY—PRESIDENT'’S REPORT FOR 1920 121

Vol. X, No. V, pp. 35-46 UNDESCRIBED TIPULID® (DIPTERA) FROM WESTERN NorTH AMERICA, by Charles P. Alexander. Vol. X, No. VI, pp. 47-49 Turee New Species or DoLicHopopip”® (DIPTERA) FROM CALIFORNIA AND NeEvapa, by M. C. Van Duzee. Vol. X, No. VII, pp. 51-52 Two New Species oF SYRPHIDH (DIPTERA), by A. L. Lovett. Vol. X, No. VIII, pp. 53-70 Notes oN SoME UNDESCRIBED CALIFORNIAN HELICES, by S. Stillman Berry. Vol. X, No. IX, pp. 71-75 A New GENUS AND SPECIES OF GRASSHOPPER FROM CALIFORNIA, by Morgan Hebard.

During the year 1920, 11 free lectures have been delivered at the stated meetings of the Academy, as follows:

JANuary 7. “The Vegetation of New Zealand.” Mr. A. H. Cockayne, Government Biologist of New Zealand.

Marcu 3. “American Aquariums.”

Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Mu- seum, California Academy of Sciences.

ApRIL 7. “A Commodity Unit to Supplement Money as a Standard of Value.” Dr. C. E. Grunsky, President, California Academy of Sciences. May 5. “Some Bird Observations on the University Campus.”

Mr. Tracy I. Storer, Field Naturalist, Museum of Ver- tebrate Zoology, University of California. June 2. “The Work of the Audubon Society.” Mr. C. B. Lastreto, Organizer and Ex-President of the Audubon Association of the Pacific. Jury 7. “The Birds and Mammals of the Stikine Region, British Columbia.” Mr. H. S. Swarth, Curator of Birds, Museum of Ver- tebrate Zoology, University of California. Avcust 4. “The Botanical Features of Mount Tamalpais.” Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator of Botany, California Academy of Sciences. SEPTEMBER 1. “Injurious Insects.” Mr. E. O. Essig, Assistant Professor of Entomology, University of California. OcTOoBER 6. “Hunting Grizzlies with Bow and Arrow.” Dr. Saxton Pope, Assistant Clinical Professor of Sur- gery, University of California, NovVEMBER 3. ane Pan-Pacific Scientific Congress and the Hawaiian slands.” Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Mu- seum, California Academy of Sciences. DeceMBER 1. “Birds, Fur Seals, Foxes and Other Animals of the Pribi- lof Islands, Alaska.” Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator of Invertebrate Paleon- tology, California Academy of Sciences.

122

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

The Sunday afternoon lectures delivered in the Museum building during 1920 have included the following:

January 4.

January 11.

January 18.

January 25.

Fesruary 1.

Fesruary 8.

Fesruary 15.

Fesruary 22.

Fesruary 29.

Marcu 7.

Marc# 14.

MarcH 21.

Marcu 28.

APRIL 4.

Apri 11.

Apri 18.

Aprit 25.

May 2.

California’s Fur-Bearers. Dr. H. C. Bryant, in charge Education and Publicity, California Fish and Game Commission.

Life History of the Little Smelt or Grunion. Mr. W. F. Thompson, in charge State Fisheries Lab- oratory, California Fish and Game Commission.

The Game Warden and His Work. Mr. J. S. Hunter, Assistant Executive Officer, Califor- nia Fish and Game Commission.

The Commercial Fisheries of California. Mr. N. B. Scofield, in charge Commercial Fisheries Department, California Fish and Game Commission.

The Ocean as an Abode of Life. Dr. W. K. Fisher, Director, Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University.

The Steinhart Aquarium. Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Mu- seum, California Academy of Sciences.

The ea Meadows, or the Microscopic Life of the Open

ea.

Dr. C. A. Kofoid, Professor of Zoology, University of California.

Fishes of the California Coast. Prof. E. C. Starks, Assistant Professor of Zoology, Stanford University.

Marine Mammals. Dr. Harold Heath, Professor of Zoology, Stanford University.

Alaska and the Fur Seals. Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Mu- seum, California Academy of Sciences.

Life of the Deep Sea. Prof. J. O. Snyder, Associate Professor of Zoology, Stanford University.

Oceans of the Past. Dr. J. P. Smith, Professor of Paleontology, Stanford University.

Systematic and Economic Phases of California Marine Alge. Dr. N. L. Gardner, Assistant Professor of Botany, University of California.

Life Between Tides. Dr. W. K, Fisher, Director, Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University.

Plant Migrations. Dr. Douglas H. Campbell, Professor of Botany, Stan- ford University.

The California Big Trees and History. Dr. L. L. Burlingame, Associate Professor of Botany, Stanford University.

Some Plant Diseases. Prof. J. I. W. McMurphy, Assistant Professor of Botany, Stanford University.

The Trees of California. Dr. Leroy Abrams, Associate Professor of Botany, Stanford Universitv.

Vor. X] GRUNSKY—PRESIDENT’S REPORT FOR 1920 123

May 9. Plants and a Hungry World. Dr. George J. Peirce, Professor of Botany and Plant Physiology, Stanford University.

SEPTEMBER 12. The Origin of the Polynesian People. Dr. W. E. Safford, Bureau of Plant Industry, Depart- ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

SEPTEMBER 19. A Recent Visit to the Hawaiian Islands. Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Mu- seum, California Academy of Sciences.

SEPTEMBER 26. The Solar System. Dr. W. W. Campbell, Director, Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California.

OcToBER 3. Comets. Dr. A. O. Leuschner, Dean of the Graduate Division, University of California,

OctToBER 10. The Binary Stars. Dr. R. G. Aitken, Astronomer, Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California.

Ocroper 17. The Nebule. Dr. J. H. Moore, Astronomer, Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California.

OctToBER 24. What We Owe to Animal Experimentation. Dr. S. J. Holmes, Professor of Zoology, University of California.

OctToBER 31. Early Ideas of the Earth. Prof. Earle G. Linsley, Professor of Geology and As- tronomy, Mills College.

NoveMBER 7. The Spectroscope—A Key to Celestial and Atomic Mys- teries. Dr. E. P. Lewis, Professor of Physics, University of California.

NoveMBER 14. Some Phases of Our Modern Conquest of the Air. Dr. W. F. Durand, Professor of Mechanical Engineer- ing, Stanford University.

NoveMBER 21. The Future of the Tropics as a Factor in World Develop- ment. Dr. R. S. Holway, Professor of Geography, University of California.

NoveMBeR 28. Cipher Messages from the Stars. Dr. J. H. Moore, Astronomer, Lick Observatory, Mount Hamilton, California.

DECEMBER 5. Earthquakes on the Pacific Coast of North America.—I. Dr. S. D. Townley, Professor of Applied Mathematics, Stanford University.

DeEcEMBER 12. Earthquakes on the Pacific Coast of North America.—II. Dr. S. D. Townley, Professor of Applied Mathematics, Stanford University.

DECEMBER 19. The United States in Haiti and Santo Domingo. Mr. M. E. Beall, Berkeley, California.

Ground has not yet been broken for the Steinhart Aquarium. This is not due to any lack of desire on the part of the Council and the Trustees to further its early con- struction. The trust which the Academy has accepted will be faithfully discharged. More than a year ago the bequest became available and the sum of $250,000 was paid to the

124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Academy. This sum was at once invested and interest has been accumulating. Dr. Evermann, accompanied by Civil Engineer T. Ronneberg, has made an inspection trip to all the notable aquariums in the United States in order that the Academy may have the advantage of the latest and best ideas on general arrangement, lighting and operation. The archi- tect, Mr. Lewis P. Hobart, thereupon made a number of pre- liminary studies from which it presently became apparent that the funds at our disposal were not adequate to provide a building of the size, dignity and architectural finish which would be required if the aquarium is given the place of honor in the Academy’s building scheme. It was found im- practicable, in other words, to put the aquarium to the East of the unit in which our present exhibits and activities are housed, where it could be made, if funds permitted, an im- posing central feature at the rear of an aquatic court. When this fact became apparent the architect did the next best thing. He so arranged a design that only a small portion of the ex- terior of the building would require finishing in stone. But even with this arrangement under which only a narrow front of the building would be architecturally ornamental, there has been difficulty in finding a site at once appropriate and ac- ceptable to the Board of Park Commissioners. The matter of selecting a site and of suggesting a building suited to the site is now in the hands of a joint committee of the Park Commission and of the Academy.

It is regrettable that the funds placed by bequest at the disposal of the Academy are limited to an amount which will not give to San Francisco all that is desired in connection with a first class, fully equipped aquarium in which the ma- rine life of the Pacific Ocean and the aquatic life of the streams which flow into the Pacific Ocean should be ade- quately represented. Even with extreme restriction of the exterior ornamentation of the aquarium building it will not be possible to provide more than about 50 tanks of moderate size. There will be no space provided in accomplishing this result for fishery and display exhibits, for research work, or for offices. The bare housing of the fish tanks, and of the machinery and appliances required to store, filter, aerate and cool or heat the water, is all that can be accomplished with the means at command.

Vor. XJ GRUNSKY—PRESIDENT’S REPORT FOR 1920 125

Some thought has been given to combining with the aquarium an auditorium or otherwise bringing under the same roof space that may be used for other purposes, with- out in any sense detracting from the distinctiveness of the Steinhart Aquarium. Nothing along this line seems possible of accomplishment. The aquarium once established will al- ways be the “Steinhart Aquarium.” Enlargement or exten- sion by other bequests or endowments is not likely so long as the features added by such bequests or endowments are not sufficiently distinctive to perpetuate the names of those whose generosity prompts their making. Nor does it seem likely that the City, which is the beneficiary, could be pre- vailed on in the near future to increase the initial fund. Nevertheless, before it is too late, this thought is thrown out. It would indeed be a gracious thing if the City which has authorized the Academy to accept the bequest and to take charge of the erection and operation of an aquarium in Golden Gate Park, would add a like amount. It would thereby make possible the erection of a dignified structure adequate for immediate needs and arranged for expansion to meet any future requirements.

The financial standing of the Academy will appear from the Treasurer’s report. The endeavor of the Council and of the Trustees has been to do the utmost that could be done within our resources as well in the matter of adding to the material in the Academy’s collections as in research work and the publication of results. What has been done along these lines will appear more fully from the report of Dr. Evermann, the Director of the Museum, and the reports of the curators of the various departments.

As you were advised a year ago our floating debt which had been incurred during the erection of the Museum build- ing, had been wiped out in 1919. This year we note with satisfaction that our indebtedness on the Academy’s Market Street property has been reduced by $10,000, from $300,000 to $290,000.

For a grizzly bear habitat group, as was noted in the President’s last annual report, funds have been provided by Mr. Ogden Mills and the necessary specimens for the group have now been secured from the Yellowstone Park without

126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

expense to the Academy, by Dr. Saxton Pope, assisted by Arthur Young and G. D. Pope. Permission was granted by the Park authorities to get four grizzly bear for this pur- pose. It is expected that before the close of this calendar year the group will be installed. It will fill the last available alcove and, thereafter, the need for more exhibit space will be felt more than ever.

The Academy is a growing institution, as yet but inade- quately equipped to carry on the activities which should be its special concern. It should have more housing facilities for scientific and educational natural history material. It should be engaged in carrying natural history lessons into the school rooms of the city and it should have better facilities for popu- lar lectures on scientific subjects. Despite the present inade- quate facilities the weekly lectures (Sunday afternoons) have proved very successful. Their scope appears from the list submitted. They are attended to the limit of our small audi- torium’s seating capacity. I am sure that I voice the senti- ments of all members and friends of the Academy who have attended any of these lectures, when I say that the kindness of those who have given the lectures, frequently at no little personal inconvenience, has been sincerely appreciated.

In the President’s last annual report note was made of the fact that on appeal to the Supreme Court, the will of Mr. S. F. Thorn under which the Academy was bequeathed some land near Santa Cruz and other property, had been sustained. It was subsequently learned that this decision was not rend- ered by the Court in banc. Upon further hearing, the Court in banc reversed the earlier decision, finding that the will was not holographic because the single word “Cragthorn” had been inserted with a rubber stamp. The will was declared illegal and it now appears that the announcement of last year was at fault and that the Academy takes nothing under the will.

Among the notable acquisitions of the Academy during the year is the W. Otto Emerson collection of bird skins, some 5300 in number. Most of the birds represented in this col- lection, which has great scientific value, are from Alameda County. It has come to us through the generosity of W. H. Crocker and John W. Mailliard.

Vor. X] GRUNSKY—PRESIDENT’S REPORT FOR 1920 127

Private subscriptions by a number of friends of the Academy have made possible the purchase of the Albert Prager Herbarium, which contains many valuable plant speci- mens from various parts of the globe. Negotiations for the transfer of this herbarium from Leipzig, Germany, the home of Mr. Prager, to the Museum of the Academy, have been completed.

Your officers again commend the zeal and ability with which the curators of the Academy’s departments have con- ducted their work, which goes so far in maintaining the standing of the Academy as a scientific institution of real worth. Your officers are appreciative too of the interest taken by the membership in the activities of the Academy, and are gratified to note how popular the museum has be- come as evidenced by the large number of visitors reported by the Director of the Museum.

The Academy stands ready to enlarge its usefulness. It can do so materially, however, only through outside help. As opportunity offers this fact should be made known to those who are so circumstanced that they can serve mankind by establishing endowments for useful purposes. They should know that the Academy is ready to serve.

128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

XII

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE MUSEUM FOR THE YEAR 1920

BY

BARTON WARREN EVERMANN Director of the Museum

The annual report of the Director for the year 1919 was presented to the Academy at the annual meeting February 18, 1920. At that time all except one of the spaces for large habitat groups in the mammal and bird halls had been filled. The one remaining space has been reserved for a Grizzly Bear Group. The grizzly bear is now extinct in California. None of us will ever see a living example of that magnificent animal which figured so prominently in the early history of the State; it is said there is no really good specimen of the species in any museum in the world. It has therefore been decided to put in a habitat group of a closely related species (Ursus imperator) which occurs in the Yellowstone Park. Dr. Saxton Pope (a member of the Academy) of San Fran- cisco, offered to secure the necessary animals, without ex- pense to the Academy, if the necessary permit were secured. Application was made to the National Park Service for a permit for Dr. Pope to kill the necessary animals, the permit was obtained, and Dr. Pope secured the animals. The taxi- dermists have begun the preparation of the group which, it is believed, will be completed by September, 1921.

When Mr. Ogden Mills visited the Museum recently he was so pleased with what the Academy has already accom- plished in habitat group installation that he generously gave his check to the Academy for $5000 to cover the cost of the proposed Grizzly Bear Group. It is very gratifying to know that this Museum is so appreciated and the Academy feels grateful to Mr. Mills for this expression of his appreciation.

Small Habitat Groups.—With the completion of the Grizzly Bear Group all the available spaces for large groups will have been utilized. There will remain only spaces for 24 small panel

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 129

groups—five in the bird hall and 19 in the mammal hall. It is hoped that all these may be completed within the next few years.

PERSON NEL

Only a few changes have taken place in the personnel of the Museum within the year. Mr. William Heim, who was employed as taxidermist, took indefinite leave August 16, 1920, on account of ill health. It is hoped he may be able to return at an early date. Mr. Francis G. Gilchrist, who was employed May 10, 1920, as assistant in the department of Ornithology and Mammalogy, resigned July 30 to re-enter the University of California. Harvey R. Scott was employed as assistant taxidermist from July 28 to August 20. Chase Littlejohn has been employed as assistant curator, department of Ornithology and Mammalogy, since September 13.

The employes of the Academy at this date are as follows: Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator of the Museum, and Editor; W. W. Sargeant, Secre- tary to the Board of Trustees; Miss Susie Peers, Secretary to the Director; Joseph W. Hobson, Recording Secretary ; Miss Alice Eastwood, curator, Department of Botany; Ed- ward P. Van Duzee, curator, Department of Entomology, and assistant librarian; Dr. John Van Denburgh, curator, Department of Herpetology; Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, honorary curator, Department of Invertebrate Paleontology; Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, curator, Department of Invertebrate Paleon- tology; Dr. Walter K. Fisher, curator, Department of Inverte- brate Zoology; Joseph Mailliard, curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy; Joseph R. Slevin, assistant curator, Department of Herpetology; Chase Littlejohn, as- sistant curator, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy ; Mrs. Marian L. Campbell and Mrs. Kate E. Phelps, assist- ants, Department of Botany; Mrs. Helen Van Duzee, as- sistant, Department of Entomology and in the Library; Miss Mary E. McLellan, Library assistant; William Heim, as- sistant, Department of Exhibits (on leave) ; John I. Carlson, general assistant; Raymond Smith, general assistant; Georges Vorbe, Merle Israelsky, and William Barbat, temporary as- sistants, Department of Invertebrate Paleontology; William

130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

C. Lewis, janitor; Fred Maag, carpenter and assistant jani- tor; George W. Edwards, assistant janitor; Frank W. Yale, night watchman; Mrs. Johanna E. Wilkens, janitress; Patrick J. O’Brien, day watch; Archie McCarte, night watch.

ACCESSIONS TO THE MUSEUM AND LIBRARY Accessions to the Museum and the Library have been un- usually numerous and valuable, as is shown by the detailed list in the appendix to this report (pp. 149-158).

VISITORS TO THE MUSEUM In accordance with established policy, the Museum was open to the public every day in the year. The attendance by months for each of the years since the Museum was first opened to the public is shown in the following table:

Month— 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 Wantiany te ccanesciisenencecee nee 23170 25260 17241 27013 Bebruany" soctaestteee eee ae 22058 23698 19586 23450 Marchi fo :o.camca ena sae eee 31606 26810 27397 25419 VADEMMNS 2 b.5¢ me Mest cartesian Soe 32175 23274 25994 32208 Mayids fora caiice Sok C metic ae ee 26154 26391 28369 37107 UNE wa Sraaereces esteint od aseesckeoe st motor 32123 29843 32248 36207 NUly: sc ohaceosecn ce emcee eee 37193 31420 48028 $2492 AUR USES yeu emirns ences 1 See 24619 31137 43730 53470 September 4.0 jcccic0- sess ace 16448* 27866 29847 34007 42413 October Wowes08 ecncesceseee 36933 20629 14743? = 30463 33500 November 5. os tactics sactoncne 27718 21810 8531? 25246 19347 December 5..050..c00 seadannees 15002 21693 19588 21246 21340

otale tna sees eee 96101 321096 290542 351497 403566

A comparison of the number of visitors to the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences with those who visited the Smithsonian Institution and the National Museum at Washington in the year ending June 30, 1920, will prove very interesting. The visitors by months are given in the following table, which shows that the number visiting the Smithsonian Institution was only 21 per cent of those visiting the Academy Museum; the number visiting the Natural His- tory Building of the National Museum was only 4.7 per cent. greater than that at the Academy, while that at the Arts and Industries Building of the National Museum was only 62 per cent of that at the Academy. These figures should be very gratifying to us.

1 Attendance from September 22 to 30. 2 Museum closed 29 days on account of the ‘‘flu.”’

Vor. XJ EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 131

NuMBER oF VisiTorS BY MONTHS FOR THE YEAR ENDING June 30, 1920

AT THE

MUSEUM OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

AND

NationaL Museum 1n Wasuincrton, D. C,

United States National Museum

Year California

and Academy Smithsonian Arts and Natural Month of Sciences Institution Industries History Building Building

1919 tal yeeeions,2cacstorsie-cte:s 52,492 7,812 24,755 33,631 PAI SUSE yeep syerate esos 53,470 9,594 29,501 45,392 September......... 42,013 9,690 29,697 44,974 October’ .cciecehs : 33,500 7,245 21,401 36,906 November......... 19,347 5,875 18,971 38,420 December................ 21,340 4,992 13,149 23,751

1920 JANUARY 6, sare econ’ = 27,013 4,264 11,491 22,914 February. vce ces: 23,450 3,439 10,168 21,740 Marche oysncricce 25,419 6,371 15,815 32,204 (Apprill? siyertes crease 32,208 8,121 23,207 38,954 Mayes iiss cesses sey 37,107 9,978 27,556 46,089 MUNG scopes ssetat ones 36,207 8,632 25,271 38,009 otal See c.ctate 403,566 86,013 250,982 422,984

COOPERATION WITH SCHOOLS

The Museum continues to cooperate with the public and private schools. Teachers and school officials are coming to realize more and more clearly that the Museum can be of real service to the schools. The number of schools visiting the Museum increases each year. During the year 1920 there were schools from San Francisco, Berkeley, Oakland, Ala- meda, Piedmont and Richmond, and classes from San Jose, San Rafael, San Anselmo, San Mateo, and Stockton. When- ever possible, the Director or some one of the Museum staff accompanies the school through the Museum and explains briefly the general features of the installations, calling at-

132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

tention to the educational value of the various exhibits, and then, when time permits, the class is taken into the lecture hall and shown moving pictures or stereopticon slides il- lustrative of some of the exhibits.

The visits by schools in the year have been as follows:

Schools of San Francisco

Number sot (classesivs <s.e.sqvafe,cvaisrs aratecers ayes crave se7e oateed teach 280

Number of teachers with the classes.................05- 270

Numberiot pupils. sc acc oc.cotsreis eiciere eetetegaie oeielelece iterate tere 19920

Schools outside of San Francisco

Numbersof classes) jatsctosswiniesaiconieentes sien = sere ase 26

Number of teachers with the classes................0005 18

Number:of pupils) ..cAsc sac nc eaves os cieetecciels cee sie caren 444 Totalenumber OF classesisicec sss cnet ese eee eis erent 306 Total mumber of teachers. 15.006 e005, -c1e ce epese cies erat ctoraserc siayerare'e 288 Total miumber Of Pupils. sjejc, cre ersyeperels o1eceverats letatexeya'e oiaheteteretelasoreretere 10364

THE PAN-PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC CONGRESS

Under the auspices of the Pan-Pacific Union, the First Pan-Pacific Scientific Congress met at Honolulu August 2 to 21. The Director of the Museum attended the Congress, as a member of the Pacific Explorations Committee of the National Research Council and representing also the Califor- nia Academy of Sciences and the Pacific Division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. He sailed from San Francisco July 28 and returned September 8. August 3 to September 1 were spent attending the ses- sions of the Congress and visiting places of interest on the islands of Oahu and Hawaii.

The number of delegates and others in attendance upon the sessions of the Congress was more than 100. There were present delegates from New Zealand, Australia, the Philip- pines, China, Japan, Canada, England, and the United States, many of those from the United States representing various scientific bureaus of the Government.

The papers and discussions at the sessions of the Congress covered many phases of the geology, meteorology, and natural history of the Pacific and its contained islands, and it was clearly shown that much of importance remains to be learned

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 133

regarding the hydrography, geology, and natural history of the Pacific.

At the close of the Congress the unanimous verdict was that the meeting had been a decided success, and that other meetings should be held every two or three years.

FIELD WORK OF THE MUSEUM STAFF

Within the year the Museum carried on a number of field investigations, as fully set forth in the reports of the curators.

MEETING OF THE PACIFIC DIVISION OF THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE AND ITS AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

The 1920 meeting of the Pacific Division was held at Se- attle, June 17 to 19. All the sessions of the Association and of its affiliated societies were held in various halls of the University of Washington. The Academy membership was well represented, at least 25 of its members being present. The Director of the Museum was in attendance as vice-presi- dent and chairman of the executive committee of the Pacific Division, and Secretary W. W. Sargeant as secretary of the Pacific Division. The Academy was represented on the pro- grams by the following members:

Mr. W. F. Thompson Dr. E. L. Packard Dr. Barton Warren Evermann Dr. Chester Stock Prof. John N. Cobb Dr. Wm. E. Ritter Mr. W. E. Allen Prof. Tracy I. Storer Mr. Willis H. Rich Dr. E. P. Meinecke Dr. John C. Merriam Dr. W. F. Durand Dr. E. P. Lewis Dr. J. R. Slonaker Dr. J. W. Moore Miss Alice Eastwood Dr. R. G. Aitken Dr. D. T. MacDougal

Dr. Bruce L. Clark

Several others were in attendance.

USE OF THE ACADEMY’S COLLECTIONS AND LIBRARY BY INVESTIGATORS AND STUDENTS

Students and investigators continue to avail themselves of the facilities offered by the Academy for study and research. The Library, with its more than 50,000 books and pamphlets

134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

in the various departments of science, is in almost daily use by students. This has been especially true of geologists and paleontologists, who are interested in oil investigations and prospecting. The large research collections in the different departments have been consulted by a number of investigators. Mr. L. M. Loomis continues to avail himself of the Acad- emy’s collections and Library in his study of sea birds. Messrs. Joseph Grinnell, Harry S. Swarth, Tracy I. Storer, and J. Eugene Law, of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, have had occasion to consult our collections of birds, mammals and reptiles. Numerous entomologists of the west coast make frequent use of the rapidly growing collections in that de- partment, and the botanists of the coast find it to their in- terest to consult the herbarium.

The Boy Scouts, under Scout Master Harold E. Hanson, have continued the Friday night meetings at the Museum throughout the year. The Academy is glad to cooperate in this way.

PUBLICATIONS BY THE MUSEUM STAFF

The curators and other members of the Museum staff have continued active in research work and in their contributions to the scientific literature of their respective fields of investiga- tion, as evidenced by the following list of titles of papers published by them in 1919-1920:

Evermann, Barton Warren

1. Nesting of the Wilson Snipe in California. <The Condor, Vol. XXI, No. 3, May-June (June 6), 1919, p. 121.

2. Large Set of Eggs of the Canada Goose. <The Condor, Vol. XXI, No. 3, May-June (June 6), 1919, p. 126.

3. California Trout. <California Fish and Game, Vol. V, No. 3, July, 1919, pp. 105-135, 4 colored plates, text-figures 36-46. (With Harold C. Bryant.)

4. The Northern Fur-Seal Problem as a Type of Many Problems of Marine Zoology. <The Scientific Monthly, Vol. IX, No. 3, Sep- tember, 1919, pp. 263-282, 4 plates, 6 text-figures.

5. A Colony of Tricolor Blackbirds. <The Gull, Vol. I, No. 9, pp. 2-3, September, 1919.

6. The Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco. <Aquatic Life, August, 1919, pp. 159-160, 1 plate.

7. Note on the Basking Shark. <Copeia, No. 74, October 15, 1919, pp. 77-78.

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 135

8. A Water-Fowl Habitat Group. <Museum Work, Vol. II, No. 2, November, 1919, p. 35, 1 plate.

9. Museum Exhibits of Real Value. <Outers’ Recreation, Vol. LXI, No. 6, December, 1919, p. 435, 1 text-figure.

10. The Northern Fur-Seal Problem as a Type of Many Problems of Marine Zoology. <Bulletin No. 9 of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of California, pp. 13-26, De- cember 15, 1919. (Differs somewhat from No. 4.)

11. Scientific and Economic Problems of the Mammals and Birds of the North Pacific. <Bulletin No. 9 of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of California, pp. 27-34, December 15, 1919.

12. Plans for the Steinhart Aquarium. <Pacific Fisherman, Vol. XVII, No. 12, December, 1919, p. 63, 1 text-figure.

13. A Mountain Sheep Habitat Group. <Forest and Stream, Vol. XC,

No. 1, January, 1920, p. 32, 1 text-figure. . Birds’ Nests in the Music Concourse, Golden Gate Park. <The Gull, Vol. II, No. 1, January, 1920, p. 3-4.

15. The Steinhart Aquarium, California. <The American Angler, Vol. V, No. 1, May, 1920, pp. 19-20, 1 text-figure.

16. Lake Maxinkuckee: A Physical and Biological Survey. The De- partment of Conservation, State of Indiana, Publication No. 7, Volume I, pp. 1-660, 9 halftone plates, 38 colored plates, 24 text- figures, 1 map; Volume II, pp. 1-512, 1920 (September) (with Howard Walton Clark).

Hanna, G. Dallas

1. The Introduction of Acanthinula harpa and Circinaria vancouver- ensis on St. Paul Island, Alaska. <The Nautilus, Vol. XX XIII, No. 4, p. 143, April, 1919.

2. Fossil Mollusks from the John Day Basin in Oregon. <Univer- sity of Oregon Publications, Vol. I, No. 6, pp. 1-8, pl. I, August, 1920.

3. Report of the Department of Invertebrate Paleontology for 1919. <Proceedings of the California Academy of Science, Ser. 4, Vol. IX, Nos. 14-15, pp. 387-389, August, 1920.

4. New and Interesting Records of Pribilof Island Birds. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, No. 5, pp. 173-175, Sept.-Oct. (September 24), 1920.

5. Birds of the Alaska Fur Seal Islands. <The Gull, Vol. II, No, 12, December, 1920.

6. Census of Alaska Fur Seals in 1919. <Rept. U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries for 1919(1920). Bureau of Fisheries Document No. 891.

Mailliard, Joseph 1. Notes from the Feather River Country and Sierra Valley, Califor- nia. <The Condor, Vol. XXI, p. 74, March 25, 1919.

_ >

136

12.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

Fly-catching Birds. <The Condor, Vol. XXI, p. 212, September 30, 1919.

Notes on the Avifauna of the Inner Coast Range of California. <Proc. Calif. Acad, Sci. Fourth Ser., Vol. IX, No. 10, pp. 273-296, November 25, 1919.

Birds returning to their Old Haunts. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, p. 38, January 26, 1920.

Effects of a Storm on the Bird Life of the Sea. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, p. 40, January 26, 1920.

Lincoln Sparrow in San Francisco, California. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, p. 43, January 26, 1920.

Bryant Marsh Sparrow upon the Hills. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, p. 63, March 22, 1920 (with John W. Mailliard).

Calaveras Warbler in San Benito County, California. <The Con- dor, Vol. XXII, p. 155, August 10, 1920.

A Correction concerning the Tawny Creeper. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, p. 158, August 10, 1920.

Notes on Nutcrackers in Monterey County, California. <The Condor, Vol. XXII, p. 160, August 10, 1920.

. The Census of Birds’ Nests in the Music Concourse in Golden Gate

Park, San Francisco, California. <The Gull, Vol. III, No. 2, February 1, 1921. Notes on some Specimens in the Ornithological Collection of the California Academy of Sciences. <The Condor, Vol. XXIII, p. 28, February 5, 1921.

Van Denburgh, John

a

The Garter-Snakes of Western North America. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Fourth Ser., Vol. VIII, No. 6, pp. 181-270, pls. 7-17, October 18, 1918 (with Joseph R. Slevin).

The Gopher-Snakes of Western North America. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Fourth Ser., Vol. IX, No. 6, pp. 197-220, pls. 11-13, Au- gust 21, 1919 (with Joseph R. Slevin).

A Further Study of Variation in the Gopher-Snakes of Western North America. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Fourth Ser., Vol. X, No. 1, pp. 1-27, pls. 1-2, August 6, 1920.

Description of a New Species of Rattlesnake (Crotalus lucasensis) from Lower California. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fourth Ser., Vol. X, No. 2, pp. 29-30, pl. 3, August 6, 1920.

Description of a New Subspecies of Boa (Charina botte utahensis) from Utah. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Fourth Ser., Vol. X, No. 3, pp. 31-32, August 6, 1920.

Description of a New Lizard (Dipsosaurus dorsalis lucasensis) from Lower California. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Fourth Ser., Vol. X, No. 4, pp. 33-34, August 6, 1920.

Vou. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 137

Van Duzee, Edward P.

1. Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, Vol. III, Insects, F, Hemiptera, Ottawa, 1919, 5 pages.

2. New Hemipterous Insects of the Genera Aradus, Phytocoris, and Camtobrochys. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Fourth Ser., Vol. IX, No. 13, pp. 331-356, February 5, 1920.

DEPARTMENT REPORTS

The curators and their assistants have been unusually ac- tive and efficient during the year in building up and caring for the collections in their respective departments, as is fully set forth in their respective reports.

DEPARTMENT OF BoTANY

The herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences now numbers 67,789 mounted specimens representing 18,825 species, an increase during the year of 8,200 specimens and almost 2,000 species. The chief accessions are as follows:

By purchase.—160 specimens from Rev. John Davis, collected in South Carolina, and 400 specimens from A. A. Heller, collected in northern California and southern Oregon.

Through exchange.—290 specimens from Ira W. Clokey, Denver, Colo- rado, collected in Colorado, and 220 specimens of California mosses collected by Dr. M, A. Howe; also 300 duplicates from the Cosmo- politan Mitten Moss Herbarium, from the New York Botanical Garden.

Sixty-eight different correspondents sent in specimens chiefly for identi-

fication. The following are the most notable:

Mr. Ellsworth Bethel, Denver, Colorado, 281 from Denver and 21 from California and Nevada; Mrs. Mary Strong Clemens, 150 from Yo- semite National Park and 401 from Plumas and Amador counties, California, and southern Oregon; J. August Kusche, 178 from Hawaiian Islands; Mrs. G. Earle Kelly, 65 from various parts of California; Mr. Vincent Jones, 72 from various parts of California; Mrs. Marian L. Campbell, 74 from various parts of California; Mrs. E. C. Sutliffe, 88 from various parts of California; Howard E. Phelps, 50 from Pullman, Washington; and Ira C. Otis, 74 from Cascade Mountains, Washington.

The California State Floral Society gave a collection, chiefly of exotic ferns, made by the late Mrs. L. A. Hodgkins. It consists of 76 large mounted sheets and 171 smaller specimens, besides a small collection of flowering plants collected by the late George W. Dunn.

Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, besides his own collection of 76 specimens from Unalaska, induced Miss Danforth and Miss Miller, two Unalaska teachers, to collect for the Academy, and they added 18 specimens. Mr. E. C.

138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 41H Ser.

Johnston also collected 130 specimens and many duplicates on St. George Island at Dr. Hanna’s suggestion. Mr. Eric Walther, who has been inde- fatigable in seeking for the different species cultivated in Golden Gate Park so as to label them under my supervision, has added about 450 speci- mens, chiefly exotics, many of them new to the collection.

The curator spent a short time in April along the southern boundary of the state and collected 285 species and duplicates. During the visit in June to attend the meeting of the Pacific Division of the American Asso- ciation for the Advancement of Science at Seattle, a small collection of about ninety species was made around Seattle, and on a short trip to Victoria and Nanaimo, British Columbia, 247 species and duplicates were collected. Exceptional opportunities for collecting were given by the mem- bers of the British Columbia Biological Station, who offered both hospi- tality and guidance. Several small collections were made in Solano, Marin and San Francisco counties, chiefly in type localities.

Much time has been spent in naming the trees and shrubs in Golden Gate Park so as to correctly label them. In order to facilitate this work, books not in the Academy library are greatly needed as the plants in the park come from all parts of the world. About 600 species have been named and labels attached to 2000 plants. Some of the genera, such as Acacia, Eucalyptus, Veronica, Escallonia, and the bamboos have been very diffi- cult. Duplicate specimens are being collected and prepared to send to the best authorities for verification of the identifications.

The care of the growing herbarium takes much time, and a great deal of the detail work falls on the curator. This prevents the accomplishment of original work which should be done.

The flower show in the vestibule fills a great want in the community. During the year hundreds of species of exotic and native plants are ex- hibited labelled with scientific and common name and native home. With- out the care and attention of Mrs. Johanna E. Wilkens it would be im- possible to keep this clean and attractive.

The California Botanical Club has about 60 members and holds meetings once a week either at the Academy or on an excursion to some place near the city. Its members help the herbarium in many ways, particularly Mrs. Marian L. Campbell and Mrs. E. C. Sutliffe, who bring in specimens continually for the herbarium and the flower show. Mrs. Enid Reeves Michaels, one of the members now residing in the Yosemite Valley, has been keeping up a flower show in the valley throughout the season, at her own expense and by her own efforts. Recently, the Club has pur- chased for the Museum 360 pictures of California wild flowers photo- graphed and colored with great skill and accuracy by Antone J. Soares. These will be installed soon so as to be on exhibition in the Museum.

Duplicates distributed —230 to the Agricultural College, Buenos Aires, in exchange; 360 to the Royal Herbarium, Kew, for exchange; 205 to the Herbarium of the British Museum, for exchange; 300 to the Arnold Arboretum, for exchange.

All our Senecios have been sent to Dr. J. M. Greenman at the Missouri Botanical Garden, who is monographing the genus, and our undetermined

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 139

Carex have been sent to Kenneth M. Mackenzie, the authority at the New York Botanical Garden.

Continually throughout the year, the Curator has given informal talks on botanical subjects to various clubs in San Francisco and other places in order to educate the public in the love of nature, the knowledge of our flora and the necessity of protecting our native vegetation from wanton destruction.

The weekly class of the gardeners of the park is held in the evening at the herbarium. One of the members, Mr. Lewis Allen, has donated some fine photographs showing particular species of trees and shrubs in the park and all the members are most enthusiastic in bringing to the Academy all the new plants that are coming into flower or fruit. The collection of exotics raised in California out of doors that is gradually being accumu- lated in the herbarium of the Academy is one of its most important fea- tures and destined to make this herbarium the chief place of reference for the determination of exotics throughout the state.

A.ice Eastwoop, Curator.

DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY

As during the preceding three years the significant work done in the department of entomology in 1920 was the accumulation and classification of the insects of the western United States. Some interesting exotic material has been secured, of special note being a collection of 3570 moths from the Hawaiian Islands and 1500 beetles from the Amazon Valley. In our local fauna most advance has been made in the Lepidoptera, Diptera and Hemiptera. In the Lepidoptera large additions have been made to the collection of night-flying moths, and, with the exception of the smaller forms or micro-lepidoptera, most of our species have been determined and several of the families rearranged. The Geometride, especially, make an excellent showing with nearly 300 species, mostly from the west coast states. Determinations in this family have been made for us by Mr. W. S. Wright of San Diego and Mr. E. H. Blackmore of Victoria, B. C., both excellent authorities on these delicate and often beautiful “angle-wing” moths. Mr. E. A. Dodge of Santa Cruz and Mr. S. E. Cassino, of Salem, Mass., have given us many interesting forms of the genus Catocala, a group of showy moths with red or yellow underwings, of which the Academy now has 76 species. In the Diptera, or two-winged flies, much advance has been made. Mr. F. R. Cole, now at Stanford University, has been appointed associate curator in this order of insects and has done much to improve our collection by the determination and arrangement of our material. In this order the Academy collection now numbers 12,167 specimens, representing 876 named species. At least nine-tenths of this material has been added during the past four years. During the year the curator has devoted considerable time to systematic work on the order Hemiptera, or true bugs, and our collection in this order is now in very good condition. Of these insects we now have 15,472 specimens, repre-

140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Sm.

senting 744 named species, with portions of two families yet to be worked up. As one result of his systematic work on the Hemiptera the curator has prepared descriptions of 50 new species and one new genus which are awaiting more favorable conditions for publication. Academy material in the order Orthoptera, which includes the grasshoppers, crickets and their relatives, has been determined by Mr. Morgan Hebard of Philadelphia, who also has added many eastern forms to our collection. Unfortunately, the lack of cabinet boxes precludes the possibility of arranging these interesting insects this year. Large additions have been made to the col- lection of Coleoptera, or bettles, but the complete rearrangement of these insects has awaited the publication of the new Leng Catalogue of Coleop- tera.

Accessions to the Academy’s collection of insects during the year 1920 number 24,861 specimens to which must be added 3,146 specimens in the Stretch collection, transferred as a permanent loan or deposit from the University of California, making a total of 28,007 additions for the year. Of this number, 9,525 were received as gifts from friends of the Academy, 5,062 were obtained by purchase, 3,146 as a permanent loan and 10,274 were added through field work by the curator. The mounting and labelling of this mass of material has consumed much of the time of the curator, although he was fortunate in having the help of Miss Helen Sanford for four months and of Mr. J. O. Martin for one month. Some of the prin- cipal gifts to this department received during the year were: from Mr. W. M. Giffard of Honolulu, 485 aculeate Hymenoptera from the Sierras; from Mr. Morgan Hebard of Philadelphia, 378 Orthoptera; from Mr. L. R. Reynolds, 138 Hemiptera from Mexico; from Maj. Chapman Grant of Oklahoma City, 150 insects; from Mr. E. A. Dodge, 423 moths; from Mr. C. L. Fox, 991 insects, largely from Siskiyou County, California; from Dr. E. C. Van Dyke 1717, mostly from the state of Washington; from Mr. J. E. Law, 450 from Arizona; and from Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, 2441 specimens from the Pribilof Islands, taken by him last summer, and per- haps the largest collection of insects ever taken on these islands at one time. Other valuable material has been received from Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Mr. J. R. Leach, Dr. J. A. Comstock, Mr. J. O. Martin, Mr. S. E. Cassino, Mrs. E. P. Van Duzee, Mrs. H. E. Ricksecker, Mr. L. S. Slevin, Mr. J. R. Slevin, Mr. F. X. Williams, Mr. C. Howard Curran, Dr. R. Ottolengui and Mr. B. G. Thompson.

The field work of the curator during 1920 consisted of a trip to Half Moon Bay, April 12 to 13; a trip by automobile to San Diego, April 19 to 28, as guest of Mr. W. M. Giffard; one to Bryson, Monterey County, May 16 to 23; one to Sacramento, June 2 to 3, as guest of Mr. Giffard; a trip to Seattle and Forks, Washington and Vancouver Island, B. C., June 14 to July 14, and one to Santa Cruz, November 3 to 4, as guest of Mr. E, A. Dodge. In addition several short Sunday trips to nearby points have been taken and many evenings have been spent collecting moths at light about store windows in the city; and, thanks to the kindness of Miss Alice East- wood, the curator was able to make use of her cottage on the slopes of Mt. Tamalpais for night collecting of moths during the whole month of March.

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 141

This department has received assistance in the determination of material from a number of specialists besides those already mentioned and has rendered assistance to others, principally by the determination of Hemip- tera. The curator, during the past year, as a part of the work of his department, has been in more or less regular correspondence with over 125 individuals, mostly workers in the science of entomology.

But one paper by the curator has been published during 1920. This was issued as Vol. 9, No. 13, of the Proceedings of the Academy and contains descriptions of 28 new species of North American Hemiptera. Several later papers await opportunity for publication.

It is expected that the energies and resources of this department for the coming year largely will be absorbed by the proposed Academy expedition to Lower California and in the preparation and study of the material taken.

E. P. Van Duzer, Curator.

DEPARTMENT OF HERPETOLOGY

The Department of Herpetology during the year 1920 progressed satis- factorily, and the work accomplished compares favorably with that of previous years.

At the beginning of the year 1920 the Academy’s collection of reptiles and amphibians numbered 40,038 specimens. There have been added dur- ing the year 1,466 specimens, so that the collection has grown to more than 41,000 specimens.

The number of specimens added during each of the past six years has been about as follows:

GUS ieaeapseetceare aval sae vay petal Sear tenet ohare teil everauapane MOaerenA 5 800 specimens NOG era crcr sttiaere ce toela slotarsterensTapshereiausitalansysiesaneyioratonators ts 1500 OM Zep See novelas Axcvatey arate, casisnetatsisials (eretetatsyonny isbavepoisteteicie 1600 S NOT Sig ey Rictivcreralorecareed diovere aiarciaxevsinrat s aGieievetashotverieioet 1724 4 UO Breer, Fett Ra aye a\ shee ers verarsbat Sey one-s earshot sa loselafeyelerersters 2666 27 ODO Ia ser revatavsi afer uekctal sear ossaTstarcle yar oh cakottsloronoronelebaketey ate 1466 Se Gifts of specimens during the year have been received as follows: Bromebatrickw ric Gees asi) sacrerercianelelstetovsiensisiow s 3 specimens set eG mend ewlarasM Otte orc arevs aie ssislecctelercisse wo acsTotsje70 1 specimen See NETS JEW ANS over syapars.c arsestabeletetarslersters is 2 specimens Se Dr, Barton. Wiebvermanms cr wit cie sieretestecctes = 1 specimen Soe SEAS mE LitolA tani tayasspeyarayevavstersdenateehateleysreteroratonoretatere)s 1 ue oe aMasseMany one wD Coles. ccc. csiselereeweinsicre 1 os ED Pe Ga PAU OS sere ere cet cjeietsie/ereresio's)elelescusvayeneres 1 Ss sol Rapa p lie BONG Ollizielorots eieieylefa wie cuesareveistelolesereforels 1 m Se Ore Pa Gy Van Dy Kes irercic tocielartelheorteiosiers 13 specimens GOs Lt bosccodaucoodoandaposcongooCodud 7 : See Bred Maag iv jccisnr toc croreisisicieiloicic stetoisto cieiars ee 1 specimen oe Mp Rays lonakerprcyereet cic creileserleieciverrere 2 specimens <CmeeVohinl Ole Sry. deny .yorsislstatectsise aevoteyerarsteretese\s* 209 s Le ie CAs len tgonedenosdacneoonedbomcdge 30

268 specimens

142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser. Two collecting trips were undertaken to: 1. Carmel, Monterey County, and Campo, San Diego County, California.

2. Arizona.

Specimens have been secured from 12 counties of California, as follows:

Contra’ Costa 228 cies a-nccisas cian se carotene ince 1 specimen ING wares eae aiatsia ce oem nas rirenie meee ee ae 1 ss MoseAripelesvanc carve on cocten ee otk ee 1 S Mad erat src snars/asayars dl ane slow ietereera ice eee eine 2 specimens DaneBenito censor ce cninctaoee cacalete cement 1 specimen DAN D1eRO> Walones sos eee ee pores ee eee ee 7 specimens Sau HTANCISCO! eres crated alee een cle ere teiaere aes 1 specimen San YW Oaguin Pe cdeercsetancasecemiee pate eee 1 : Sant Lis Obispo rdsu cae tee ance se cee acetone nee 1 pe Sani Mateo; 228 st sk.ciec pay sscset tee ose rere oe 5 specimens Sanita, Clakacmaseneme ences ake eee ei eae 1 specimen SOnOMa 22k etaneishetocmaaiteeese eae cca steer 1 Hi

PAT IZONG versa ttn ioc. caciedan date tele eee eee 890 specimens ConnecttGut is caes cecnsnwenact Seek onc ne serene 2 . MAANG:S fy. cv.c.ois veiareva sets 2s arcuacrehae oitoleteatte seer ae 18 e Utah) ie cioins tetsa celsis sisson ase tna menseiie ceen ete 217 ¢ Wiash moton 4s ccevste,ciasrariey enc .ars cotaorereic ate eee eee te 9 3 SWASCONSIN. © aivicas o screeners: cca setae capscineemie na ees 2 “ Australia).\s00sit aa vieannanecag@ee estas cae eene 28 . Celebes; DOR Tk, Faas. scone nae ee eee 1 specimen Hawatian dslandsic. i ccncuweosceaseceteeensaceeee 205 specimens Eaysany island. aeccesscasiccacccer: coe nee 5 ws Lower Californias ...ccuccna sic rear esiiecie es ose cee 1 specimen New Zealand's sitacs ccacaros osu aurvecine oeraicmete 18 specimens Philippine wslands..c..15c. vse ceetenesessaaecmeine 1 specimen Vancouver Island, British Columbia ............. 6 specimens

The classification and arrangement of the collection was continued dur- ing part of the year.

Considerable research work has been accomplished during the year and a further study of the gopher-snakes west of the Rocky Mountains has been published.

The snakes of the genus Lampropeltis were borrowed for study by Dr. Blanchard, and the lizards of the genus Gerrhonotus were studied by Mr. Ivan Johnston. Other students also made use of the collection.

During the year the Assistant Curator, Mr. J. R. Slevin, carried on ex- plorations in California and Arizona, where he spent the months of May, June, July, August, and part of September, and secured large collections.

JoHn Van DENBuURGH, Curator.

Vox. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 143

DEPARTMENT OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY

The regular work of the Department of Invertebrate Paleontology is considerably varied in character because of the assembling therein of all the collections of fossil animals and plants, as well as those of the shells of living mollusks, and corals and the minerals, which belong to the Acad- emy. While each group must necessarily receive a certain amount of care in order to make the collections readily accessible for study, the greatest attention of the personnel of the Department has been given to the living and fossil mollusks, particularly the latter. The vast Tertiary deposits of. these organisms in California have attracted the attention of members of the Academy’s staff since the organization of the institution. Although the valuable collections obtained prior to 1906 were destroyed in the fire, the activities of my predecessors and friends of the Academy have resulted in the building up of one of the largest West Coast series in existence. In the careful selection of the specimens and their orderly arrangement the collection is second to none.

The study of the fossil shells necessitates having related living forms for comparison, and generous friends have presented material from time to time, so that a very large and valuable working series of recent shells has been obtained. So far as West Coast material is concerned, the Academy’s collection probably ranks third in importance at the present time.

Some specimens of fossil vertebrate animals are also contained in the collections, but throughout its history the Academy has preferred to leave this branch of the work to other institutions. This likewise has been true with regards to the fossil plants and the minerals.

Such varied and extensive collections require attention along the follow- ing lines: (1) The collection of additional material in the most important groups (field work) ; (2) The proper accessioning, cataloging, and classify- ing of the specimens; (3) The preparation and publishing of reports upon the collections for the use of the members of the Academy and others interested in this branch of science.

Three important field trips were made by the curator during the period covered by this report. Ten days in April were spent in San Benito County, California, in company with Mr. Joseph Mailliard, Curator of the Department of Ornithology. The collections of land and freshwater mol- lusks secured filled important gaps in our series. Search for fossils in the region proved unsuccessful.

The United States Bureau of Fisheries requested the services of the curator during the summer of 1920 to take the census of Alaska fur seals on the Pribilof Islands, a task to which he had been detailed annually since 1913, After careful consideration of the benefits which the Academy would derive from such a trip, it was decided best to accede to the wishes of the Bureau. The curator, therefore, took his departure on May 27, and, after an absence of about four months, returned on October 1. About one month of this time was occupied with actual fur-seal work, and the remaining available time was devoted to making collections in the branches

144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

in which the Academy personnel is most interested. Besides the work done on the Pribilof Islands, specimens were obtained at Seattle, Un- alaska, and Woody Island, near Kodiak, Alaska. Land and freshwater shells were secured at these places, and dredging was done whenever weather conditions would permit. The Department of Invertebrate Paleontology thus secured 3,000 specimens. In addition to these collections the attempted boring of an artesian well on St. Paul Island by the Navy Department furnished an opportunity to secure a continuous series of cuttings down to 100 feet below sea level. A very large collection of fossil diatoms thus resulted, the full importance and extent of which can not be estimated at this time.

The collections of birds, birds’ eggs, insects and plants secured on this trip have been dealt with by the curators of the respective departments.

During the latter part of 1920 the Bureau of Fisheries made a further request for the presence of the curator at a conference on fur-seal matters, called for January 10, 1921, in Washington, D. C. That this request might be complied with, two weeks annual leave was granted. Entire approval was expressed with regard to the methods of census computation developed by the writer.

On the return from Washington a brief stop was made at Austin, Texas, where a large collection of recent land and freshwater shells, and marine Cretaceous fossils was secured. At the close of the year these specimens had not been assorted or classified.

The trip to Washington and return on Government transportation furnished an opportunity, which could not be overlooked, to visit an im- portant, but little-known, Tertiary horizon in southern California at little expense to the Academy. This is in the general region of Carriso Creek, Imperial and San Diego counties. Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, the former curator, had borrowed the material from this locality which had been collected by the U. S. Geological Survey and the University of California, but had been unable to complete the study he contemplated. Upon looking into the matter with a view to returning the borrowed collections to their owners, their importance from a geological standpoint was very evident. Professor Bruce L. Clark, of the University of California, urged that the relations of the fossil fauna be determined, if possible. The best preserved specimens of the various species were accordingly taken to Washington, where direct comparisons could be made with closely related species from the West Indies and other places.

It then appeared more evident than ever that this deposit of shells and other fossils promised to reveal many unknown facts regarding the former connection of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, A larger collection and better material were imperative; and at the time this report is being writ- ten, field work is in progress, and it is hoped that before it goes to press it will be possible to state briefly the success of the undertaking.

Besides the collections made by the curator, some others should be mentioned. Dr. Roy E. Dickerson brought to the Academy in 1920 an extensive series of marine shells from the Philippine Islands. Altogether

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 145

there are 1,470 specimens. Mr. Joseph R. Slevin brought some rare land shells from Arizona, where exploration was conducted in the interests of the Department of Herpetology. Dr. Barton Warren Evermann col- lected some beautiful specimens of lavas while he was in the Hawaiian Islands attending the meeting of the Pan-Pacific Scientific Conference. Several other minor collections were donated to the Academy, all of which are mentioned in the list of accessions following.

The proper cataloging and classification of a collection is almost as valu- able work as the assembling of it, hence a great deal of attention has been devoted to this work. The card system is being used to list the various species, numbers of specimens, localities, etc., and an important beginning has been made upon a real inventory of the scientific material in the Department. Once this is completed there will be little difficulty in keeping it up to date; and, then in a short time, it will be possible to state how many species and specimens we have. At the present time this can not be done, although it would be very desirable.

The absence of the curator in Alaska for so long, prevented the writ- ing of many papers on the collections. However, the work upon the Miocene freshwater shells from the ancient Petaluma Lake was com- pleted. Also two reports upon fossil land shells of an Oregon deposit were written. Altogether the curator published six articles during the year.

Considerable progress was made in the indexing of references to west American land and freshwater mollusks. From the vast intricacies of the literature which thus become orderly assembled, it is hoped that a valid list of species may be extricated. One of the things already dis- closed is the remarkable fact that no less than 125 specific and subspecific names have been applied in the common California land-snail genus, known as Epiphragmophora.

Our collection has continued to be actively used by other institutions, and it is hoped that in the future it will continue to prove equally at- tractive. Specimens which have been studied by specialists are believed to be of far greater value to a museum than those which repose in- definitely unidentified and untouched in their cases.

Under the able leadership of Professor Clark, the students of his classes in paleontology have found material collected by the Academy per- sonnel many years ago, of great value in their work upon particular hori- zons. This is especially true of Mr. Howe, who is engaged upon faunas from Oregon and Washington. It is understood, informally, that the monograph of the western species of the genus Turritella by Miss Richard- son has been completed, and that the material borrowed from the Academy will be returned as soon as the necessary photographs have been taken.

Miss Mary J. Rathbun, Associate in Zoology of the U. S. National Museum, has borrowed the Academy’s collection of fossil crabs. She is the foremost authority on these crustaceans, and it is fortunate that our material may be identified by such an able and well-known student.

Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan, of the U. S. Geological Survey, visited the Academy in the summer of 1920, and requested the loan of some of our

146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser.

Tertiary fossils to be used in connection with his studies of coastal plains geology. Others who have borrowed certain specified groups in past years, but who have not completed their studies at this date, are: Dr. Earl L. Packard, University of Oregon, Cretaceous fossils; Dr. S. S. Berry, Redlands, California, Chitons; and Dr. W. S. W. Kew, fossil sea urchins.

Faithful and very valuable assistance has been rendered in the Depart- ment by Messrs. Merle Israelsky and Georges Vorbe, students of the University of California, and by Mr. William Barbat of St. Mary’s College.

G. Dattas Hanna, Curator.

DEPARTMENT OF INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY

The collections haye been increased by specimens collected by the Curator and Mr. W. S. Wallace of Monterey Bay. Mr. Wallace has specialized on hydroids and is naming the material as rapidly as acquired.

A trip to Vancouver Island which the Curator had intended to make in October had to be postponed until April on account of unfavorable tides and the closing of the Nanaimo Biological Station, which was to be used as a base of operations. The primary object of the trip was to study in life the shore and shallow-water sea stars, of which a considerable num- ber of nominal forms have been described from that general region.

Dr. G. Dallas Hanna made a collection of sea stars, with extensive color notes, at St. Paul Island, Bering Sea, and at Unalaska, during the summer.

Dr. Gertrude Van Wagenen, who is studying at the Hopkins Marine Station, the corals and actinians of Monterey Bay, will contribute a set of named specimens. W. K. FisHEr, Curator.

LIBRARIAN’S REPORT

The growth of the library during the year 1920 was greater than during the preceding year, accessions having increased by purchase, by exchange and by gift. The low rate of foreign exchange made it seem advisable to place larger orders with European dealers and by this means many valu- able sets were received at a very reasonable figure. Recovery from the European War has made possible the resumption of exchanges with many foreign societies, and lastly, more than the usual number of gifts have been received from friends of the Academy. Accessions to the library for the year number 1370 bound volumes, of which 526 were received by gift, 544 by purchase and 300 through exchange with other institutions. In addition to the bound volumes a large number of pamphlets and parts of volumes were received. By far the larger part of the books and pam- phlets presented to the Academy library were from the Adolph Sutro library, received through the generosity of Doctors Geo. W. and Emma Sutro Merritt. This material from the Sutro library includes 402 bound volumes and 4248 miscellaneous numbers of government bulletins and reports and similar unbound material, besides a large number of separate papers, many of which will be useful later in completing sets. During the year 2200 volumes were accessioned, making the total number of volumes accessioned on December 31, 1920, 14,080.

i ee

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 147

Two new metal book stacks were erected in the basement library room, furnishing shelving space for 2400 volumes. This additional shelving has made it possible to relieve and rearrange some overcrowded subjects, thus adding materially to the orderly arrangement of the books stored in the basement room.

Work in the library department has, as in the two previous years, been in the hands of Miss McClellan and Mrs. Van Duzee, and to the faithful and efficient performance of the duties devolving upon these two is due the progress made in this department of the Academy’s activities.

The collating, classification and cataloging has been completed in the series of publications of scientific societies and institutions issued in for- eign languages, and in the subjects of engineering, chemistry, geography, mathematics, medicine, mining, ethnology and archeology and work on several other subjects is nearing completion. All current accessions also have been cataloged and placed on the shelves promptly as received. Use of the library by the Academy membership has shown a gratifying in- crease and it is hoped that with the improvement of the catalogue and the more systematic arrangement of the books on the shelves will come an increasing and more effective use of the books we have, both by the museum staff and the Academy membership in general.

E. P. Van Duzet, Assisiant Librarian.

DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALOGY

As heretofore, this department has been coordinated with that of Or- nithology, and what field work was accomplished was done incidentally with that in the latter department.

A succession of dry seasons in northern California made the collecting of small rodents a difficult matter on account of their scarcity, but a con- siderable number was obtained.

The Academy’s collection of mammals had never been completely checked up, labelled, or entered upon the accession register, but this work is now nearly finished. Many of the large skins were only salted or dried, but the necessity for the better preservation of these very valuable speci- mens became so evident that Mr. H. W. Vogelsang was employed to tan them. The larger proportion of these have been so treated with most satisfactory results.

These skins have heretofore been stored in the ordinary metal cases in use for the smaller mammals, and therefore not readily accessible. It was decided to build a hide room in which to hang them when tanned. For this purpose a space has been enclosed in the vacant store room at the northwest corner of the Mammal Hall, in which all hides will be easily accessible for examination.

Gifts to the department have been made by Messrs. F. S. Townsley, J. R. Slevin, Chas. Budd, Geo. A. Bailey, W. C. Hackmeier, Dr. Saxton Pope, the Golden Gate Park authorities, and others, as shown in the List of Accessions.

JosepH Mattirarp, Curator.

148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

DEPARTMENT OF ORNITHOLOGY

Active work in this department has been carried on throughout the year. While most of this work has consisted in the classification, regis- tration, and arrangement of specimens, several field trips were undertaken and some valuable contributions made to the knowledge of the distribu- tion and migration of our birds. Two weeks in the early spring were spent in Monterey County, California, for the purpose of observing the unusual influx of Clarke’s Nutcrackers reported from there, and for studying the juncos of that part of the state, and some valuable records were obtained. Another field trip was made in company with Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, of the Department of Paleontology, to whose valuable assistance this department is greatly indebted, into the region near “The Pinnacles,” San Benito County, California, and to Pacheco and Panoche passes in order to note migrations. Interesting data were secured on this trip in connection with the spring migration of certain species and many specimens of birds and eggs were brought back.

The principal field trip of the year was to Siskiyou County, California, made in company with Mr. F. G. Gilchrist and Mr. Frank C. Holman, as assistants. Five weeks were passed in the field, the greater portion in camp at various spots. Although the very dry season had an unfortunate influence upon the bird life of the localities visited, the expedition gath- ered a number of specimens from a but little investigated part of the state, better defined the known habitats of several species of birds, and obtained some good records. The regions visited were localities west and north of the base of Mt. Shasta; Forest House Mountain, west of Yreka; and the Salmon Mountains, west of Greenview. Thanks are especially due to Mr. F. C. Holman, in the capacity of volunteer assistant, for his efforts to make the expedition a success.

Another field trip was made, in company with Mr. Chase Littlejohn, present assistant in this department, to the Mt. St. Helena range in Lake County, California, further to study the fall migration of fox sparrows. Fifteen days were spent in this work, and some very interesting observa- tions were made, and numerous specimens secured.

The Curatorial work of the department has been principally that of cataloging and arranging specimens and bringing the card index up to date. The large increase in the number of specimens has necessitated the addition of fifteen metal cases for their installation, but, unless the near future brings unexpected fortune in the way of large donations, there should now be case room for the coming year, especially as a few cases will be freed from the mammalogical room.

The illness of Mr. Wm. Heim, who was mounting birds for the sea- sonal groups of the birds of Golden Gate Park, has delayed that work so that it is not yet systematically arranged, but a number of the birds of the park are in the cases, properly labelled, so that the public may profit thereby. Mr. Littlejohn has more specimens under way, and it is hoped to have these groups in fairly good shape within the next few weeks.

The principal donation to the department during the past year has been that of the W. Otto Emerson collection of study skins, consisting of some

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 149

5300 specimens, the life work of Mr. Emerson. This collection was pur- chased and donated to the Academy by Messrs. W. H. Crocker and John W. Mailliard. In this collection are many rare records for California, and, with the Mailliard collection, the Academy’s representation of the land birds of this state is now placed on a good working basis for the use of all who may be interested in the study of ornithology. Accessions to the Department of Ornithology proper are as follows:

Gifts :

W. H. Crocker and J. W. Mailliard (Emerson col- LECLIOND); Sziereietile.tetalayalae Salta vsiaeye/sreelerecsiersveraiSile 5300 specimens

Pee Miailliand). ccna cactcionisesctstsre ore sisiesotecelsie ayers 22 -

ames Wothttescccpte stem acpessie tay elscwisterssaaiesiirers 5 <

Gra Dallas Elammnalcorscrcnsicrarersrovsveyano-ons Baia Csi evolnbieee ioe ® 106 =

BealGt Elo l maitre iciee nyo teekdaysccsiaps oateetsrs siete steys/oye says

m a ty a 3 rr) 2 NK CO

Golden'Gate tRarks 3. ciac.acieascieciscariese sicaniteclss Nee) eT ubbard scree acwssccorrscerveaiistsrads elcstosioiste Wire Ie WS tose aietecd seers hsicisyasa orate; yeiore oy steleys, i ieiwle isis) s Ralph Bord Gry oy terete <ss-ceresarecae,s: ciclo cavele siacorerecearevesstsrs's Bee AN UISCIIe sate crererats olayatesatars aio csass/0 aise ajere foleiaelegsiov 1 Dudley; der Groote: aie o's srererassletecoraers gates aise cso) iere veto Minster Stamleyie tic.ctstcecateisscrea aves soscere evsusleieseie giedecateieteere JUMRAES lonakeriieis si.cit une ssito sisietoeis eee wiawieecteels 19 Dre Wie Winter bengic e ejects lovers ore siays.s's leis erersieetesveierene Mirss hod esters cicverare ersrecare sein) sheyaars sicieressalesclorssspaaye Ghaskelownsleys sapiacroctsicerts seein. cetrelsm cettein cs Upeee Ga Grund ells tats ansverecrrstsvesnercresie nes Sterne s Sransreyars Fixplora toms set Gegecscicis cvs isle xis oietets loge cholo cyerefeicvetoyetccsrs 84

WOR ONMWWNHE DN WWN

Ord

Total accessions during the year 1920............ 6537 4 Total number of specimens in the Academy col- TE CEIONS] csvoyzicinrsisiole’eielets ousleiaes eieyesel stators seaetelecsisicte ys 38065 =

While this department was somewhat short-handed during the year, a great deal of work has been accomplished in the matter of rearranging the collection of birds for the reception of the large additions; and the installment of the odlogical collection is proceeding with reasonable speed.

JosepH MAILLIARD, Curator.

APPENDIX TO DIRECTOR’S REPORT ACCESSIONS TO THE MUSEUM AND Lrprary, 1920

Geological Survey of South Australia, Adelaide, Australia: Nine maps. Gift.

150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser.

Allen, Mr. Lewis, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: Twenty-three photo- graphs of trees and shrubs and eight plants from Fresno. Gift. Ashbly, Mrs. A. H., Stockton: One botanical specimen from Morada. Gift. Augsbury, Mrs. John C., San Francisco: Seven botanical specimens from

Bartlett Springs. Gift.

Bailey, Mr. George A., Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: One black gopher. Gift.

Barbat, Mr. William F., San Francisco: Fossil shell conglomerate from Chase Camp, Mill Creek, Tehama County, probably Monterey Mio- cene in age. Gift.

Bassinger, Mr. A. J., Agricultural College, Davis: Nine plants from Cali- fornia. Gift.

Beck, Mr. Donovan Wayne, Burlington, Indiana: A collection of 15 bird eggs from Burlington, Indiana. Gift.

Becker, Mr. J. O., Keeper, Afto Nuevo Light, California: Two whale bones from Afio Nuevo Island and three Indian spearheads from shore opposite Afio Nuevo Island, San Mateo County. Gift.

Bergman, Mr. Charles, San Francisco: Two botanical specimens from Ingleside for identification and one aquarium plant. Gift.

Berry, Dr. S. Stillman, Redlands: Three paratypes of three new sub- species of land mollusks described recently in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, five land shells from southern Cali- fornia, and three land mollusks from Canada. Gift.

Bethel, Mr. Ellsworth, Denver, Colorado: Fifteen specimens of Ribes from southern California, four botanical specimens from Nevada, 19 from California and 281 from Colorado. Gift.

Blaisdell, Dr. F. E., San Francisco: Seventy beetles from various localities and three books (The International Scientist’s Directory, Check List of North American Birds—E. Coues, and Pacific Railroad Report, Vol. IX). Gift.

Blazic, Mr. Antone, Los Angeles: Twelve botanical specimens from Chico and Santa Barbara. Gift.

Borden, Mr. Ralph, Alameda: Seven Australian parrots in flesh. Gift.

Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Massachusetts: Memoirs, three volumes; Occasional Papers, six volumes; Proceedings, 19 vol- umes. Gift.

Brimley, Mr. C. S., Raleigh, North Carolina: Fifty-one salamanders, 10 frogs, eight snakes, and two lizards. Purchase.

Brooks, Mr. Ben., Chicago, Illinois: Nine botanical specimens from Gary, Indiana. Gift.

Bud, Mr. Charles, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: One porcupine. Gift.

Button, Mr. Fred L., Oakland: Four publications. Gift.

Cain, Mr. B. C., Salt Lake City, Utah: Twenty-one snakes, 157 lizards, 23 frogs, and 16 toads from Utah; two frogs, one toad, five salaman- ders and ten snakes from Idaho. Purchase.

California Botanical Club, San Francisco: One book. Gift.

California State Floral Society, San Francisco: Sixty-two large sheets of mounted ferns, chiefly exotics and named, also 14 unnamed, 171 smaller specimens unmounted of both exotics and native ferns, and

me

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 151

also 30 specimens of flowering plants collected by the late George W. Dunn. Gift.

Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts: One book (Florula Bostoniensis—Joseph Bigelow). Gift.

Campbell, Mrs. Marian L., Mill Valley: Eight botanical specimens from Mill Valley and Los Altos, 40 from Lake Tahoe region and Sacra- mento, 18 from Solano County, and eight from Monte Rio. Gift.

Cappleman, Mrs. O. C, Mill Valley: One botanical specimen from Washington. Gift.

Cassino, Mr. S. E., Salem, Massachusetts: The Lepidopterist, Vols. II and III, Nos. 1-5. Gift.

Chilton, Dr. Charles, Canterbury College, Christchurch, New Zealand: Thirty-three specimens of land and freshwater shells from the Ha- waiian Islands. Gift.

Clemens, Mrs. Joseph, Pacific Grove: One hundred and fifty specimens of plants from Yosemite National Park, 21 from Plumas, Shasta and Tehama counties, and 27 from other Pacific Coast localities. Gift.

Clokey, Mr. Ira W., Denver, Colorado: Two hundred and ninety speci- mens of Colorado plants. Exchange.

Cole, Miss Marjorie, Los Angeles: One botanical specimen. Gift.

Coleman, Mr. R. A., San Francisco: Thirty specimens of marine mollusks from California, including a beautiful series of Brachydontes de- missus, a mussel introduced from the East coast of the United States with the Oyster and now well established on the eastern side of San Francisco Bay. Gift.

Crocker, Mr. Wm. H., and Mailliard, Mr. John W., San Francisco: The W. Otto Emerson collection of 5300 bird skins. Gift.

Crocker, Mrs. William H., Burlingame: One bulla from Umma (Toklia) in South Babylonia. Gift.

Crook, Dr. A. R., State Museum of Illinois, Springfield, Illinois: One book (Guide to the Mineral Collections in the Illinois State Museum.— Crook). Gift.

Crowell, Mr. A. Russell, Mexico: Nineteen recent shells from Mazatlan Bay. Gift.

Curran, Mr. C. Howard, Vineland Station, Ontario: Twenty specimens of Syrphide, including the types of 17 of his recently described spe- cies. Gift.

Danford and Miller, Misses, Unalaska: Eighteen botanical specimens from Unalaska. Gift.

Danmar, Mr. William, 5 McAuley Ave., Jamaica, New York: One book (Modern Nervanaism.—William Danmar). Gift.

David, Mr. Evan J.: One book (Leonard Wood on National Issues—Evan J. David). Gift.

Davis, Rev. John, Hannibal, Missouri: One hundred and sixty botanical specimens from South Carolina. Purchase.

Day, Mr. Charles E., Parker, Arizona: Two specimens of copper ore and two of cactus from Parker, Arizona. Gift.

Dean, Mr. W. E., San Francisco: Sundry Academy publications. Gift.

152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 4TH Ser.

de la Motte, Mr. G. W., San Francisco: One Gila monster from near Roosevelt Dam, Arizona. Gift.

Dickerson, Dr. Roy E., Manila, P. I.: Fifty-eight specimens of fossils and 16 freshwater shells from the Philippine Islands. Gift.

Dodge, Mr. E. A., Santa Cruz: One hundred specimens of lepidopterous insects, all mounted and determined. Gift.

Donohoe, Mrs. J. A., Menlo Park: Three botanical specimens from Menlo Park. Gift:

Doubleday, Page and Company, Garden City, New York: One book (The Life of Leonard Wood—John G. Holme). Gift.

Eastwood, Miss Alice, California Academy of Sciences: One hundred and thirty-one botanical specimens from state of Washington; 280 speci- mens from British Columbia; 67 from northern California; 239 from southern California; and 56 miscellaneous specimens. Exploration.

Edwards, Mr. George W., San Francisco: Eight volumes (Battles and Leaders of the Civil War, Vols. 1-8). Gift.

University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon: Six fossil land shells from Ore- gon. Gift.

Evermann, Dr. Barton Warren, California Academy of Sciences: One specimen Chert from Afio Nuevo Island; a series of lavas from Kilauea Volcano; 39 land shells from lava rocks not far from Kukuku, Hawaii; 101 marine shells and coral from Honaunau, Ha- waii; 18 specimens marine mollusks from Afio Nuevo Island; and a collection of 15 eggs and nests of California birds. Exploration. Seven trays of buttons showing the various processes in the manu- facture of these articles from freshwater mussels; 14 shells of fresh- water mussels from which buttons are made; 1 tray of waste from button factory after being ground for poultry food; eight natural pearls from freshwater mussels; Koninklijk Magnetisch en Meteoro- logisch Observatorium te Batavia, Verhandelingen, No. 5; 67 publica- tions of the Academy; one botanical specimen from San Francisco, one from Hawaii, and one from Alaska collected in July, 1892. Gift.

Faix, Mr. C. A., San Francisco: Two botanical specimens from San Francisco. Gift.

Falkenau, Prof. Louis, Alameda: Sundry Academy publications. Gift.

Flett, Prof. J. B.: One snake and one salamander from Washington State. Gift.

Fox, Miss Anna P.: Seventeen botanical specimens from Inyo County. Gift.

Fox, Mr. C. L., San Francisco: One hundred and four insects taken at Mount Rainier in July, 1919, and 887 insects from Siskiyou County. Gift.

Friends of Irish Freedom, Washington, D. C.: One book. Gift.

Gauthier-Villars et Cie. 55 Quai des Grands-Augustins, Paris, France: Eight books and pamphlets. Gift.

Giffard, Mr. W. M., Honolulu, T. H.: Four hundred and eighty-five Acu- leate Hymenoptera from the Sierras. Gift.

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 153

Ghirardelli, Mrs. Domingo, San Francisco: Seed pods of various trees from Panama and two botanical specimens form Portland, Oregon. Gift.

Gilbert, Mr. Arch M., Mill Valley: One botanical specimen from Sebasto- pol. Gift.

Goodman, Dr. E., San Francisco: Three botanical specimens from San Francisco; 10 from Redwood Cafion and Piedmont and two from Mount St. Helena; two pieces of wood from the Petrified Forest and nine postal cards showing views of the Petrified Forest; and two other botanical specimens. Gift.

Grant, Miss Adele L., Missouri Botanical Garden: Ten botanical speci- mens from Fresno. Gift.

Grant, Major Chapman, Schofield Barracks, Honolulu, T. H.: One hun- dred and fifty insects from Oklahoma City. Gift.

Grundel, Mr. J. G., Oakdale: One albino western robin in the flesh. Gift.

Hackmeier, Mr. W. C., San Francisco: Two wild cats from Lassen County. Gift.

Hahn, Mrs., San Francisco: One botanical specimen from Kings County. Gift.

Hall, Dr. H. M., Berkeley: Twenty-seven unmounted and six mounted

botanical specimens. Gift.

Hallawell Seed Co., San Francisco: One botanical specimen from Dixon. Gift.

Hanna, Dr. G. Dallas, California Academy of Sciences: Thirty-one marine mollusks from Moss Beach, California; 60 freshwater clams from Alaska; 15 freshwater clams from Washington; 3035 marine mollusks from Alaska and Bering Sea; 59 land and freshwater shells from the Bay Region of California and 2558 land and freshwater mol- lusks from San Benito County; 65 specimens of mollusks from Laguna Salada; 2441 insects from Pribilof Islands; 30 botanical specimens from Unalaska and 46 specimens from St. Paul Island; 130 plants collected by E. C. Johnston, from St. George Island, Alaska; one snake and one salamander from Contra Costa County; one snake from San Benito County; 10 skulls of Blue Foxes, three skulls of Steller’s Sea Lion, 27 skulls of Fur Seals, two skulls and one skin of Hair Seal, and one skull of Reindeer, from St. Paul Island; two skulls of Polar Bears and one humerus of Polar Bear, from St. Matthew Island, Alaska; one skull of Kodiak Bear from Kodiak, and a few bones of Hair Seals from Alaska; 110 bird skins, 16 specimens of birds in formalin and 374 eggs from Alaska. Exploration. Sundry books and pamphlets. Gift.

Hawver, Mrs. Elizabeth Parsons, Bolinas: Eight botanical specimens from Mount Hood region. Gift.

Heath, Dr. Harold, Stanford University: One set (6 perfect eggs) of the Alaska Wren from St. George Island, Alaska. Gift.

Heller, Mr. A. A., Chico: Four hundred botanical specimens from north- ern California and southern Oregon. Purchase.

Herrin, Mr. William F., San Francisco: Seventeen botanical specimens from Shasta County and three specimens from Napa County. Gift.

154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Hicken, Dr. Cristobal M., Buenos Aires, Argentina: Twenty miscellaneous separates by C. M. Hicken and one copy Apuntes Historia Natural, Vol. Il. Gift.

Hickman, Mr. J. B., Aromas: Two botanical specimens. Gift.

Hildebrand, Mr. Samuel F., Key West, Florida: Nine snakes, four lizards, five frogs, one toad, and two turtles. Gift.

Holladay, Mrs. E. B., San Francisco: Sundry papers and documents re- lating to the early history of the Academy; 13 books and pamphlets; a number of the early publications of the Academy. Gift.

Holman, Mr. F. C.,, San Francisco: Eight bird skins. Gift.

Howell, Mr. A. B., Pasadena: Eighteen mollusks from northwestern Cali- fornia. Gift.

Hubbard, Mr. J. D., Chico: One Red-tailed Hawk in flesh. Gift.

Israelsky, Mr. Merle C, San Francisco: Six oligocene fossils from San Lorenzo and 18 miocene fossils from vicinity of Walnut Creek. Gift.

Jackson, Mrs. Bell R., San Rafael: Ten botanical specimens from Marin County. Gift.

Jones, Mr. Vincent, San Francisco: Forty botanical specimens from Cedar Glen, Sierra County, and 32 from Vallejo, Suisun and Orwood. Gift.

Jordan, Dr. David Starr, Stanford University: Thirty specimens of fossil fishes from the Diatomaceous deposits at Lompoc, and one from the Derby Dam, Truckee River, Nevada. Gift.

Kelly, Mrs. G. Earle, Alameda: Forty-seven botanical specimens from Butte County; 17 from Plumas County, three from Monterey, and one from Alvarado. Gift.

Kusche, Mr. J. August, San Francisco: One hundred and seventy-eight specimens of Hawaiian plants; 150 insects from Hawaiian Islands, mostly moths, and 67 moths taken at Burlingame. Gift.

Law, Mr. J. Eugene, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley: Four hundred and fifty insects from southern California and Arizona. Gift.

Leavy, Mr. Aiken, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: Five botanical speci- mens from Niles Nursery. Gift.

Lehrkind, Mr. O. F., San Francisco: Indian relics from Salt Lake District. Gift.

Le Masters, Mr. C., Bisbee, Arizona: One specimen bog-iron covered by malachite stains, and mineralogical specimens 75 per cent. copper from Sacramento Hill, Bisbee, Arizona. Gift.

Lewis, Mr. William C., Sausalito: One Great Blue Heron. Gift.

Maag, Mr. Fred, San Francisco: One lizard from Kern County. Gift.

Mailliard, Mr. John W. and Crocker, Mr. William H., San Francisco: The W. Otto Emerson collection of 5300 bird skins. Gift.

Mailliard, Mr. John W., San Francisco: Twenty-two miscellaneous pam- phlets. Gift.

Mailliard, Mr. Joseph; Gilchrist, Mr. Francis; and Holman, Mr. F. C, California Academy of Sciences; Eighty-seven skins of small mam- mals, and 598 study skins of birds from California. Exploration:

Mailliard, Mr. Joseph, California Academy of Sciences: Six hundred and ninety-nine freshwater shells from Sonoma and Siskiyou counties. Exploration.

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 155

Biological Society of Washington, Proceedings, Vol. XXXII, pp. 207- 234, 239-270, two pamphlets. Gift.

Martin, Mr. J. O., Berkeley: Five hundred and eleven beetles. Gift.

Masters, Mrs. Cornelia S., Pasadena: One botanical specimen from Yel- lowstone Park. Gift.

McAllister, Mr. M. Hall, San Francisco: Framed photograph of charter members of the Cordelia Shooting Club, organized July, 1880. Gift.

McLaren, Mr. John, Park Lodge, San Francisco: Five botanical speci- mens from Humboldt County; one deer and one bear in flesh. Gift.

McLellan, Miss Mary E., Berkeley: Three hundred and seventeen marine mollusks from Monterey Bay, and 13 miscellaneous volumes. Gift.

Meiere, Mrs. Ernest, Los Altos: Three botanical specimens from Los Altos, and four Japanese prints of flowers. Gift.

Meierdierks, Miss Marie, Alameda: Forty specimens of Swiss Alpine plants. Gift.

Department of Mines, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia: Two maps. Gift.

Menzies, Mr. Robert, San Rafael: Four botanical specimens from San Rafael. Gift.

Michaels, Mrs. Charles E., Yosemite: Five botanical specimens from Yo- semite, and one from Mount St. Helena. Gift.

Miller, Mrs. C. E., Berkeley: Four botanical specimens from Santa Cruz and Catalina islands. Gift.

Miller, Mr. Irving, San Francisco: Nineteen botanical specimens from Pilot Knob, Inyo County. Gift.

Mouzin, Mr. Nicholas, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: Four botanical specimens from Tuolumne Meadows and Golden Gate Park. Gift.

Moxley, Mr. George L., Los Angeles: One botanical specimen from the Sierra Nevada. Gift.

Newell, Mrs. Gwendolyn, San Francisco: Sundry Academy publications. Giit.

New Church Press, New York: Three books. Gift.

New York Botanical Garden, New York: Three hundred and ninety-five specimens of mosses, duplicates of the Mitten collection from various places; and 220 specimens of California mosses, collected by Dr. M. A. Howe. Exchange.

Nylander, Mr. Olof O., Caribou, Maine: Four pamphlets. Gift.

O’Keefe, Mr. T. C., Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: A set of three eggs of the Nuttall Sparrow, from deserted nest in Golden Gate Park. Gift.

Osterhout, Mr. George E., New Windsor, Colorado: Five botanical speci- mens from Colorado. Gift.

Otis, Mr. J. C, Seattle, Washington: Seventy-four botanical specimens from Chelan and King counties, Washington. Gift.

Paige, Mrs. George, San Francisco: Forty-one volumes. Gift.

Pechart, Miss Ruth, Boulder Creek: One botanical specimen from Boul- der Creek. Gift.

Peers, Miss Susie, San Francisco: Sundry volumes. Gift.

Perkins, Miss Janet, San Francisco: Thirteen botanical specimens from California. Gift.

156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H Ser.

Geological Survey of Western Australia, Perth, Australia: Fourteen maps. Gift.

Phelps, Mr. Howard E., Pullman, Washington: Fifty botanical specimens from Pullman. Gift.

Phelps, Mrs. Kate E., San Francisco: Twenty plants from Leavenworth, Washington. Gift.

Pope, Dr. Saxton, Butler Building, San Francisco: Four grizzly bear skins and skeletons from the Yellowstone Park. Gift.

Porter, Dr. Charles B., San Francisco: One Japanese sword. Gift.

Probert, Mrs., San Francisco: Five books and one pamphlet. Gift.

Putnam’s, G. P. Sons, New York: Six books. Gift.

Putnam, Mrs. Osgood, San Francisco: Sundry Academy publications. Gift.

Raspail, Mr. Xavier, Gouvieux, France: One book (Trente ans de critiques medicales et scientifiques——Raspail et Pasteur). Gift.

Reed, Mrs. C. A., Santa Cruz: Fourteen botanical specimens from Santa Cruz. Gift.

Reynolds, Mr. L. R., Watertown, Massachusetts: One hundred and thirty- eight Hemiptera from Orizaba, Mexico. Gift.

Rhodes, Mrs. M. B., Monterey: Three Western Evening Grosbeaks in flesh. Gift.

Rixford, Mr. G. P., San Francisco: Four botanical specimens. Gift.

Ruble, Mr. Russell, Geddes, South Dakota: A collection of nine bird eggs from Geddes, South Dakota. Gift.

Ruddock, Mr. George T., Bakersfield: One botanical specimen from Bakersfield. Gift.

Sayler, Mr. F. L., Berkeley: One hummingbird’s nest: Gift.

Schieffelin, Miss Rose G., Medford, Oregon: One botanical specimen from Medford. Gift.

Seale, Mr. Alvin, Santa Cruz: Seven specimens of the Philippine window- shell, Placuna plicenta, from Manila Bay, P. I. Gift.

Sessions, Miss Kate O., San Diego: Three botanical specimens from San Diego. Gift.

Slevin, Mr. Joseph R., California Academy of Sciences: Thirty-one sala- manders, one snake and two lizards; five salamanders from San Ma- teo County; 14 bats from Santiago, Lower California; 125 specimens of land mollusks from Arizona; one land shell from Lower Cali- fornia; a collection of eight bird eggs from Arizona. Exploration. Six photographs of desert plants. Gift.

Small, Mr. E. C, Berkeley: One specimen of Vanadium ore from Ari- zona. Gift.

Smith, Miss Emily, San Francisco: Two botanical specimens from Col- linsville. Gift.

Smith, Mr. L. E., Sisson: One botanical specimen from Siskiyou County; Flora of California, Parts 1-2 by W. I. Jepson. Gift.

Stanford University, through Dr. David Starr Jordan: Five slabs of fossil fishes from Lompoc. Gift.

Stanley, Mrs., Colusa: Two skins of Terns; and 20 botanical specimens from Korea. Gift.

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 157

Stoney, Miss Kate D., San Francisco: Two botanical specimens from San Luis Obispo and one from the Grand Cafon. Gift.

Sutliffe, Mrs. E. C, San Francisco: One hundred and eighty-four speci- mens of cultivated and native plants of California. Gift.

Geological Survey of New South Wales, Sidney, Australia: Two maps. Gift.

Tableman, Mr. Fred, Newark, New Jersey: Two mounted radulz of mol- lusks. Exchange.

Thompson, Mr. David G., United States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.: Seven botanical specimens from California. Gift.

Townsley, Mr. F. S. Yosemite: One flying squirrel and two cardinals. Gift.

Turner, Miss Laura A. L., Pasadena: One botanical specimen from Pasa- dena. Gift.

Van Denburgh, Dr. John, California Academy of Sciences: One lizard from Pekin, China. Gift.

Van Duzee, Mr. E. P., California Academy of Sciences: Seven hundred moths from Mount Tamalpais; 1298 insects from San Diego; 370 insects from Sacramento; 2672 insects from Monterey County; 411 insects from Marin County; 3823 insects taken in western Washing- ton and on Vancouver Island during June and July. Exploration. One book. Gift.

Van Duzee, Mr. E. P. and Mrs. Helen, California Academy of Sciences:

Three hundred and eighteen insects from Half Moon Bay, San Mateo County. Exploration.

Van Duzee, Mrs. Helen, California Academy of Sciences: Three hundred and eighty-three insects from western Washington and Vancouver Island. Gift.

Van Dyke, Dr. E. C, University of California, Berkeley: Fifteen hundred and seventy-three insects from Vancouver Island and Washington, largely from Mount Rainier; 117 land shells from various parts of the United States and Canada; four salamanders and three frogs from Washington; six salamanders from Vancouver Island; and one land shell from Seattle. Gift.

Walther, Mr. Eric, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: Eight hundred and twenty-four cultivated and native plants of California. Gift.

Walter, Mr. Frank, Los Angeles: Two botanical specimens from San Diego, one from Mount Wilson, 10 from Santa Barbara, and two from Los Angeles. Gift.

Walter, Miss Henrietta, San Diego: One botanical specimen from San Diego. Gift.

Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C.: Publications Nos. 272, 282, 297, and 298. Gift.

United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.: Two vol- umes of Academy’s proceedings. Gift.

United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C.: Twenty- five maps. Gift.

United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D, C.: Four maps. Gift.

158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47TH Ser.

Weeks, Dr. Alanson, San Francisco (through Mr. John C. Augsbury, San Francisco): Forty-four specimens of Eskimo workmanship, collected in Bering Sea about 1898-1900. Gift.

West, Mr. Harry P., San Francisco: Seven botanical specimens from Plumas County. Gift.

Westdahl, Mrs. F., San Francisco: Thirty-five specimens of ornamental shells. Gift.

Wible, Mr. Curtis, Bakersfield: One botanical specimen from Bakersfield. Gift.

Wilkens, Mrs. Johanna E., San Francisco: One botanical specimen from Golden Gate Park. Gift.

Williams, Mr. F. X., Honolulu, T. H.: Ten adults and 2 pupe of Cellerio callida from Hawaiian Islands, mounted and determined; 20 speci- mens of butterflies and moths from Arizona; 17 frogs, and 11 lizards from North Queensland, Australia; one lizard from Hawaiian Islands; and one snake from Philippine Islands. Gift.

Wilson, Mrs. Arnott, Atlas: Three botanical specimens. Gift.

Wilson, Mr. Charles J., London, England: Eighty-one study skins of birds from Malay States. Gift.

Winterberg, Dr. Wolrad, San Francisco: One male Lewis Woodpecker. Gift.

Wollenburg, Mr., San Francisco: One albino gopher in flesh. Gift.

Wright, Miss Alice B., San Francisco: One specimen of Pinus mono- phylla from Nevada. Gift.

Wright, Mrs. E., Calistoga: Two botanical specimens. Gift.

Vor. X) EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS REPORT OF THE TREASURER for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1921

April 1, 1920, Balance due Crocker National Bank

Receipts OXY ay Bee cree rena ric ORAS SEO aoc ene Rts $ 3,550.00 Charles Crocker Scientific Fund Endowment In-

COME? ss neice es CARERS RO TBA ESIC eS 1,318.84 James Lick Endowment Income.................. 53,076.83 Generalilincome joc ccenien ater csrotaiaisis pareisnnaye tec 16,172.03 John W. Hendrie Income Account................ 900.00 Ignatz: Steinhart Drust Interests. 2)... <0. ./00ses 18,233.77 Yosemite Game Paddocks Donations.............. 505.00 William C. Van Antwerp Donation................ 120.00 Walliam MM: Fitzhugh’ Donations. '... 0.01. ./jee10.6)e 5: 200.00 eel Grant sD) onatio mis rays sye:eiater tests ore cahatarefoyarsyevelerereve 100,00 Albert:-Meyer! Donation). c2)ciere erccaciaisie.sia(oleiwieievayeueye's 250.00 Mz Hall McAllister Donation.’ Je)... 62's oye « oles ciew see 1,000.00 WAS sel reasurylGentincatesaacsacesisien tcinseciee es 24,000.00 U. S. Treasury Certificates, Ignatz Steinhart Trust 9,000.00 WisGa Wiig hit: wind i ccccireerarersaicrs sesteteserereretereveinvecere 66.50 Tri teres toy crccisnss ateis ss oi lsielassiecerdovals or aeccrava siotavaTs i shayereotere 944.14 Moolsmand! Equipments cewiss asses os.01 oi cies laisicteloie's 25.00 Barblicationyy cei tee stetstsre\s:aveis a)elsraieis ole. apavsinzeverele/epeteleisters 209.85 Sundry AGVan COS Matar: sisjarsfo) civil sieyevanccehet s\esepe'siecorssslatsi eto 79.42 INACUS ea Trat eyes ces chive hintsveraieiacsi sverefertuc seiare ain tveeterensloreeeGrexs 108.40 DEAD reariyee ce ee devas ev seevoveted ss cay eievede a aise tae ane eave, apebele ays! sores 7.97 Posts Garde Salesii.cdccsscivos netvasiatere cies syste ecicletn) sity 1,995.99

159

$2,111.47

131,863.74

$129,752.27

160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER—Continued

Receipts Brought, forward! siavctsrictecte ete ie stale otelsiatsicters Expenditures

PEXPENSE. S4-c.2 averse eteceled sisse.s 210 a/aiaisielsiajaiasacsrsssiorerasejsigivcers $ 2,730.07 General) Salary Expense: 220.0002 -cecaccnce ss cieeee 17,237.42 Mega lige xpensesy tise «ss stele sieusreeleiele mere aieeaetelaees 149.90 Bills) Payable rere crccersiec ots-<-niclessisys vie steeiiowsinieee sare ee 10,000.00 ris WirraTi COW acsstis x cee race sscare eerste sharers ate ateveraseiel avn teterer 1,821.63 Mniterest 2 eke arao crave retarc cual tC ne trevncoreie e ereiens oisteewels 15,886.11 Museum, Department Appropriations............. 8,637.83 Museum, Department Appropriations, Salaries.... 11,367.52 Deg Bear ye 5c sta coos ois tz aan: are (a lonerevenctars) s sysie'e Sioeie esis avers 2,026.37 Publication: visievc ov c-e-acewiiele e evesistere-oeayetein diare eiaretsvarers 4,067.94 Office EP taenitne® cescts areas ol elerererareidarepetereiseatele steiner 9.36 Tools and Equipmentac scm. ences cite esaeeeiae ce. 57.25 Ignatz Steinhart Trust Interests......<ic00000<e 25 ec 119.96 Steinhart Aquarium Preliminary Expense......... 2,190.85 U. S. Treasury Certificates, Ignatz Steinhart Trust 19,000.00 WL eSi Treasury (Gertaficatesiy., cra ccicis sielerstare ile reeterets 27,000.00 Post) (Garde Salesian cceciersrieots siapstmaieis aimee crease 424.60 Roosevelt Elk Groups. 2 sies ecscais aires aicisiereieis(re 910 /e1e% 10.75 Grizzly Bears Group o.csons). emesis ce oerejae saat siete 24.92 Sundry Greditors) <1 asieresrcte anes sisters om cuctaarare sn 2,088.37 Sundry Advances (Museum)............--0eee0- 5,529.73 Wosemite Game Paddocksiiii. <.:. sccseeeces cease 1,840.50 Contingent: Bund. Wee caccveenselcisicie® stots ster ereisterete> 287.81

March 31, 1921, Balance due Crocker National Bank

RupotpeH J. Taussic,

$129,752.27

$132,508.89

$ 2,756.62

By C. E. Grunsxy, Treasurer

Examined and found correct.

McLaren, Goove & Co., Certified Public Accountants.

San Francisco, Cal., April 18, 1921.

——

~ A ORIN Py

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920

INCOME AND OPERATING EXPENSES For the Period April 1, 1920, to March 31, 1921 Income: Charles Crocker Scientific Fund Endowment TIN COME?? is fo eters foteta sio.0:2:c loaders so baiers Sis di ereresis James Lick Endowment Income.............. Generali Income saci ccsste cus decries sie eis! ecoveveteisit:s

DUES seria crattiavajasarats save, aero Nai S Moves ns Sovleis eo Caceays Expenditures:

General (Expense. casiesiecios «veins rare ee viet sees $ 2,869.05

CEIETS CCHS SBOE RCIA aI aT RC RRS Sane 28,797.53

Regal Expenses? (c2:i/eiesaisin(sieie sish wists wes sles ae 149.90

ATNTERES Chala tsinrarsislolsrese siete aystaralecortuslnvecois eiaiare sitieaseaie 14,869.90

MTS UANCE mas ah gare aioe sinners ici ce enieiay shore. viaje foros = 1,821.63 Balance to: Surplus! Accounts .2.2 sce scccrete sare aoe tier 25,714.69

$74,222.70

SUMMARY OF SURPLUS ACCOUNT March 31, 1921 BalancesMarchy ois 1920) e retetccaterat siete oie ieiarsreosacsseseleverote Add Excess of Income over Operating Expenses. $25,714.69 ‘ Library Account, Purchases from W. G.

Wiright Fund! inv1920-21) 5. ee cee ecules 66.50

John W. Hendrie Endowment Income....... 988.58

Rost Gard pales iis). ects ccpevei orotecs every oseuoteje Gots 1,229.28

Albert, Meyer Donation... .< sec .ccs0cccsccises 150.00 Besse Depreciation), singed saree vosraaige s sacreaciew aes

IGNATZ STEINHART TRUST March 31, 1921

Bequest from the Ignatz Steinhart Estate......... Interest on temporary investments................ Balance Investments over Receipts............

Investments : Steinhart Aquarium Preliminary Expense..... $ 2,993.56 Temporary Investments : Bills Receivables .t:: seve. etictsspetveey oo co esses 250.000.00 Us oebreasury Certificates. .carec cee rs 19,000.00

$271,993.56

161

$ 1,318.84 53,076.83 16,172.03

3,655.00

$74,222.70

$335,115.60

28,149.05

$363,264.65 14,885.88

$348,378.77

$250,000.00 21,962.44 31.12

$271,993.56

162 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BALANCE SHEET March 31, 1921

Assets Real Estate: Market Street Lots.cc5 joc sceccalncemesieianss $600,000.00 JesstesStreet Lotenc..ce sae cele soseisee ss os 8,083.65 Commercial! Building .i:6c <iccc/cc leis cs visio oe 516,818.66 Stocks: 60 Shares Savings Union Branch of the Mer- Cantile TrustiGo.. sic cc csicseejoeterasuieieieeres Ignatz Steinhart Trust: Bills Receivable ~iz.c dcisincess ie cers c's \scrers Serereie 250,000.00 U.. So Treasury Certificates: i:..¢0. 20200 ce 19,000.00 Steinhart Aquarium Preliminary Investment. 993.56

Steinhart Aquarium Building Appropriation. 2,000.00

WS) Dreasuny Gertificatese. ssc cccieic celeste: Museum Construction osc. scsi: scicictereresisieierensl's Museum: General) (Collections) caus cise sions sieieiete es ove 102,268.49 Toolscand ‘Equipments. cc... cicielciviee smieiciess 24,134.15 Library : Books and Equipment................-00005 20,848.16 PubCatiOMm.< 6). e<ielsaveseeroe is sas sisicis aaieieiesiaiace 25,712.44 Office bircniture eas 56 cece sera ania telaisjatotetarelatels <1etat Boreign Texchange) scerraiccieciaeatsuis ietarsiets ore eomtararel >

Sundry Advances:

Gulf of California Expedition.............. 4,988.07

Prager’ Herbarium feaces asic ccircisccciwleecie 156.03

Yosemite Game Paddocks............0+-08 335.50 Past, Gards ini Stocks capasecctars etesesnuaie sister eaysiwleveiels ele

[Proc. 47H Ser.

$1,124,902.31

13,600.00

271,993.56 14,000.00 191,690.92

126,402.64

46,560.60 3,338.69 128.23

5,479.60 3,266.96

$1,801,363.51

Vor. X] EVERMANN—DIRECTOR’S REPORT FOR 1920 163

BALANCE SHEET— Continued

Liabilities

James Lick Endowment..........++++++++5: $804,902.31

Charles Crocker Scientific Fund Endowment 20,000.00

John W. Hendrie Endowments j...cc00 0:50 13,600.00 eS $838,502.31

Ignatz Steinhart Trust......--..+--0++see sree ees 250,000.00

Ignatz Steinhart Trust, Interest Account........ 21,962.44 $271,962.44 Alvord Bequest Botanical ......-.+..--0+eeee00+ 5,000,00 A. K. Macomber Donation...........eeeeeeeeees 3,500.00 William C. Van Antwerp Donation...........-. 5,120.00 William H. Crocker Donation............++50+- 3,568.73 AAA Be Bourn Donattoni/a csi «si0' iste: vie rei aneie'e oleins 2,659.31 J. D. Grant Donation............+0+seeeeeeeeee 2,710.42 Herbert Fleishhacker Donation........ ...+.+-- 3,500.00 Ogden Mills Donation.......-.-.+++e+eeee eee ees 5,000.00 John W. Mailliard Donation........-.-.++++++++ 1,250,00 SE eevee Oma tionicras sie sivuisreis © Nossrereteye/sietejelensteyejeve/s 103.60 William M. Fitzhugh Donation...........-+++- 200.00 BillsiPayable: 56 as cisssleleiecoreie oe srerstoteieteiovoveceleians)eie 290,000.00 Sundry Creditors ..........ceee cece sence eneees 2,320.00

Cash:

Overdraft with Crocker National Bank..... 2,756.62

Besse @ashiaitte sates, a cists, crore ipa scape vials lefe! sole sps 54.57 —— 2,702.05 Depreciation’ o..cjes,c0/si0.s/e cies om sieis siviewniaeew emer 14,885.88 Gurr iste eve) ofavertrayeseiwisreieis,ete'ese(oyes erste reininse:evacaleisyo:sysvere 348,378.77

$1,801,363.51

W. W. SARGEANT, Secretary, Board of Trustees.

We have examined the foregoing Balance Sheet, together with the books and accounts of the CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, and in our opinion it is properly drawn up so as to exhibit a true and correct view of the Academy’s affairs, as shown by the books.

McLaren, Goone & Co.,

Certified Public Accountants. San Francisco, Cal., April 18, 1921.

INDEX TO VOLUME X, FOURTH SERIES

New names in heavy-faced type

Abrams, Leroy, 122

Acridine, 72, 73

Adelphomyia, 39

affinis, Pituophis sayi, 26

African Chameleon, 77

Aitken, R. G., 123, 133

Alexander, Charles P., Undescribed Tipulide (Diptera) from Western North America, 35-46, 121

Allen, Lewis, 150

Allen, W. E., 133

allyniana, Epiphragmophora tudiculata, 54

Alvord, William, 119

American Association for the Advance- ment of Science, Pacific Division, 133

anachoreta, Helix, 57 analis, Xylota, 52

annectens, Pituophis catenifer, 2-5, 10-13, 17

Anolis carolinensis, 77-117 arcuata, Ormosia, 36 Arizona Gopher-Snake, 24 Ashly, Mrs. A. H., 150

atrox, Caudisona, 29, 30 sonoraensis, Caudisona, 29

Augsbury, Mrs. John C., 150 auricaudata, Myiolepta, 52 aurinota, Myiolepta, 52

avus, Epiphragmophora cuyamacensis, 64

Bailey, George A., 150 Barbat, William, 129, 146, 150 Bartsch, Paul, 56, 62 Bassinger, A. J., 150 Beall, M. E., 123 beatula, Tipula, 44 Beck, Donovan Wayne, 150 Becker, J. O., 159 Bergman, Charles, 150 Berry, S. Stillman, Notes on Some Un- described Californian Helices, 53-70; 121, 146, 150 Bethel, Ellsworth, 150 Bibliography, Color-Changing Animals, 111-115 Recent Papers by Barton Warren Evermann, 134-135